Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
38A-104
T 44' 8' 4110 1/40 53 ' '4 3/8• v� (u 516 is/IS- I� 5 0 5515 5116' '31/2 dL 4 cY) I c T 20' 24' 8' 55' O z m 7 0 z r r- r9 a z FRONT LEFT Project Name : Upper Ridge Duplex Owner : Builder : Wright Builders Modified : 5/2/2014 Revision : 1 . 17 Type : XI 3' 44' 8' 145 112' 22'10'— 6'8 1/2' aParty Wall Pocket fi 20' 24• iAJ a a F9_#Xt ❑ Walls a A 24' Party Wall Poc"t J._ pi Ton Crone with cr reach from the .�. 24' pivot pceit of the crone is the limitation 3' � of the crone provided to rstoll the walls If Q an addrit�anal��is deemed necessary, 55' �r 9e wdl be incurred It is the resparslbdtty of the General Contractor and/or Drawing Summary Bi ocK - All-Layers Superior Walls Foundations tk>me forte cW � y all ' - - Walls/Panels By Super t or Wn 1 1 s b Weaver Northeast Precast; Inc will not be 14/14 X I yy Project Names Upper Ridge Duplex held a far any errors once the final drawings 4 Beam P o c K e t s Owners and contract have been sVed and approved by the 4 2x2 Column Pods -- Supplied by Superior Walls -- Installed by Superior Walls 1 s But 1 der a Wr i 99ht Builders General CarWactor and/or Hors Owner. S n l e s m n n or t a 14/14 XI Wails/Panels Types 9' Linear Feste 182'-3_1/4' Drawn Bye PA wwx:o Raw pR 8thMassachusetts State&A�� Drawing Notes Created a 5/2/2014 ____Note_ Last Modtftede 5/2/2014 Massachue'tts Residentoi Code- Revision, 1 . 17 780 CMR 5100 8th Edition Comments B B;2004 IBC 200a I E=2009 Object Details in inches - F i l e Names hv_wb_upperr i dgedupl ex.drw Footing a 8'ft tm 1/2'dean crushed stare ------------------------ Drawing Types XI Assumed Sod Bea,ptg Capacity, 2000PSF ID N Ob,j Desc Width Height Header Door(B.O.W) Maximum allowable untfarm load a 2700 PLF A 4 BP 8 11 0 ■a■ NOT T O SCALE now Seismic I>e {egoy, B C 4 Pad 24 24 4-1/2 Bad Wind , l00 MPH D 2 Win 4040 Egress System 48-1/2 48_1/2 16 These Drawings are approved for final production as illustrated The Superfor product for met' and not subject to change. provides Superior Wall Farkinttm Please refer to your Loom Butldmg Cade for framing requirements ---------------------- -------- Customer Signature Date Approved Vent Configurations.............................16 Installation Options..............................................6 Adjusting the Blower Speed.................................37 Items Required for Installation.............................7 Adjusting the Flame Height..................................36 Leaking Gas...............................See Inst. on Cover Air Shutter Adjustment.........................................28 Listing Information ...............................................43 Altitude Considerations........................................15 Location of Controls.............................................35 Blower Control......................................................37 Log Set Installation and Removal........................31 BTUInput.............................................................6 Maintenance........................................................39 BTU Output..........................................................6 Noise(see Normal Operating Sounds)................38 Cap (see vent termination)...................................24 Normal Operating Sounds...................................38 Chimney Cap (see vent termination)...................24 Packing List..........................................................7 Clearances...........................................................9 Piping Installation (see Gas Line Install).............14 Condensation on Glass........................................36 Restrictor Position................................................16 Corner Installation................................................9 Safety Label.........................................................43 Dimensions ..........................................................6 Safety Precautions...............................................4 Elbows..................................................................16 Starting the Stove for the First Time....................36 Finalizing the Installation......................................27 Thermostat Operation..........................................36 Floor Protection ...................................................12 Turning the Stove On and Off..............................36 Fuel ......................................................................4 Vent Length (see "Vent Config.")......................... Gas Inlet Pressure...............................................14 Vent Requirements..............................................11 Gas Line Connection ...........................................14 Vertical Vent Termination Requirements.............24 GasLine Install ....................................................14 Warnings..............................................................4 Gas Smell...................................See Inst. on Cover Warranty..............................................................40 Glass Installation and Removal ...........................29 Water on Glass (see Condensation)...................36 HearthRequirements...........................................12 Weight..................................................................6 Heating Specifications .........................................6 Wiring Diagram....................................................42 Horizontal Vent Termination Requirements.........24 Yearly Service Procedure....................................40 ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) 59 23 Place the receiver coverplate (and switch)over the receiver(see Figure 35)and attach with the two screws included with the receiver(see Figure 36) 4 Figure 35 Figure 36 24 A wall mount is included with this kit for the remote. It may be mounted to the wall for easy access and storage. Use the included drywall anchors (and screws)to secure it to the wall (see Figure 37). � Q Figure 37 25 Restore power to the stove and test operation of the remote (see the instructions included with the remote). ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 58 Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) 20 Attach the receiver to the control anel with the two#8 machine screws Figure 31). Figure 31 21 Re-attach the bottom plate to stove, taking care to prevent any wiring from being pinched (see Figure 32). Use the included wire ties, if necessary,to keep all wiring from contacting any hot or moving components. Figure 32 22 Place batteries into the receiver and transmitter(see Figure 33). Calibrate the receiver to the transmitter(see Figure 34- use a paperclip to press the"PRG" button, let it beep, then press any button on the transmitter—the receiver should beep 5 times—see the operating instructions for further details). } Figure 34 Figure 33 ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 J Optional , • • 18 Attach the accent light power lead to the fan controller in the"AUX OUT" rece tacle(see Figure 28). Figure 28 NOTE: If using the optional fan, you will want to disconnect its power lead and connect it to the extra power lead included with this kit, then connect it to the"FAN" receptacle on the fan controller. See the blower installation instructions for details. 19 Slide the receiver through the control panel and attach the"RECEIVER" connector to the receiver (see Figure 29). Attach the control panel to the stove using the four screws removed earlier (see Figure 30). Figure 29 Figure 30 ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 56 Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) 15 Place the fan controller on the bottom panel as shown in Figure 23. Make sure the control module is positioned with the power cord to the right and the module at the back edge of the bottom panel. Figure 23 16 Attach the power cord from the fan controller to the AC connection (see Figure 24). Attach the connector labeled "FAN CONTROL"on the wiring harness to the fan control module (see Figure 25). MAKE SURE TO TURN THE FAN CONTROLLER ON ("" SYMBOL). kr r fi jjl Figure 24 Figure 25 17 Access the back of the stove and disconnect the power lead from accent light(see Figure 26). Connect the accent light wiring to the power lead included with this kit (see Figure 27). Figure 26 Figure 27 © Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Optional • • 12 Attach the wiring harness to the burner control (see Figure 18). Attach the gas control valve molex connector(see Figure 19). , Figure 18 Figure 19 13 Attach the blue and white wires to the IPI/CPI switch (see Figure 20). Connect the wiring harness to the stepper motor(see Figure 21). Via- s� J tee` Figure 20 Figure 21 14 Attach the wiring harness to the comfort control valve connection see Fi ure 22). - Figure 22 ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Optional • • ` 9 Use the included torx wrench to remove the stock regulator(see Figure 14). The old regulator may be discarded. Figure 14 10 The stepper motor(adjustable regulator)has an installation sheet included with it—make sure to follow all of the directions. Place the stepper motor on the gas control valve (see Figure 15)—MAKE SURE IT IS CORRECTLY ORIENTED. Secure using the screws included with the motor(see Figure 16)—tighten to 25 Lb-inches. Leak test this area after installation to verify proper installation. Figure 15 Figure 16 11 Place the GreenSmart wiring harness in front of the stove, noting the position of each connector(see .Figure 17). Figure 17 ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 I Milo Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) 53 6 Disconnect the comfort control valve connection (see Figure 8). Disconnect the burner control connector from the fireplace burner control (see Figure 9). Figure 8 Figure 9 7 Disconnect the on/off switch wires (labeled ON/OFF -see Figure 10). Unscrew the on/off/battery plate from the control panel (see Figure 11). Figure 10 Figure 11 8 Pull the plate and wiring forward (see Figure 12). Un-hook the wires from the wire-locks and remove the wiring harness, plate, battery holder, and ac adapter(see Figure 13). These items may be discarded. Figure 12 Figure 13 ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 52 Optional Equipment '(for qualified installers only) 3 Unplug the ac adapter from the power harness (see Figure 5). You can leave the ac adapter plugged into the wiring harness. Figure 5 4 Disconnect the molex connector leading to the gas control valve(see Figure 6). WARNING: The tabs on the gas control valve are fragile. Take care when removing the molex connector to not pull or damage the wires or tabs. Figure 6 5 Disconnect the two leads on the back of the control panel for the IPI/CPI switch (continuous pilot/ greensmart pilot—see Fi ure 7 . Figure 7 ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) 51 Installation WARNING: Make sure power to the stove has been shut off prior to installation. NOTE: Refer to the wiring diagram on page 50 while making wiring harness connections. 1 Loosen the bottom panel attachment screws (there are two on each side see Figure 1). Slide the bottom panel back and place it below the stove (see Figure 2). This allows for access to the controls under the stove. NOTE:The fireplace controller is secured to the panel with Velcro. It may be removed to allow the panel to rest on the ground. Figure 1 Figure 2 2 Remove the four screws holding the control panel to the front of the stove (see Figure 3). Carefully remove the control panel, making sure you do not disconnect any wiring (see Figure 4). Figure 3 Figure 4 ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 50 Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) GreenSmart Wiring Diagram A. Comfort Control Spark Rod Pilot ° Sens Valve ry . . M, a . R4,qi 1PV i " NEB �. ;. rr ` c � `s�tak�cx? C�SNTR{3t ar Pilot = M , r• Ground ; , w O BURNER CONTROL ! w a a 'I _; .�. RECEIVER Orange Green ; Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) 49 Overview The GreenSmart remote includes a new wiring harness that replaces the stock wiring harness. Before installing, familiarize yourself with the stock and updated wiring diagrams (see the illustrations on this page and and following page). Stock Wiring Diagram Accent Spark Rod Pilot Light(s) o Sensor Accent Light Rheostat - Pilot Ground Optional Blower Hookup Comfort Control g 120 VAC Valve " ©ICGiTA{ ' �FIREFLACE Power In BItR ` AC SPARKPOO c iNTROL �• ADAPTER ti 0ao 0 0 9 000 .4 xx e Green w Orange POWER SUPPLY Vall—/Green ¢ 0 Re IPI/CPI - Black " Gree :x Blue Red ° Whn y Red t ¢ • White Black m CONTINUOUS PILOT o ° o ° O a t �x AA COMFORT BATTERY MAIN BURNER GREENSMART CONTROL TRAY PILOT ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 48 Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) GreenSmartTm Remote Control Installation Packing List • Transmitter • Receiver(with Cover Plate&Switch) • Fan Control Module • Velcro • LP or NG Stepper Motor(with screws and label-attaches to Valve) • Wire Harness • (2)Power Leads • (4)AA Batteries(inside receiver box) • (2)#8 x'/2"Machine Screws • (2)Wire Ties • Torx T-20 Wrench • Wall Mount(for placing the transmitter on a wall) • (2)Drywall anchors(for wall mount) • (2)#8 x 3/8"Type B Screws Transmitter Fan Control Module Receiver Stepper Motor Transmitter Wall Mount ® A � A Q ® o � o ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) 47 4 Remove the pilot orifice following the instructions below. Replace with the propane pilot orifice ® Lift the pilot hood * O Remove the orifice and replace with the LP orifice. Screw the off the pilot orifice all the way in and replace the pilot hood. assembly. Orifice Identification: LP(Propane)Orifice 35 Use a hex wrench to / unscrew the orifice. N�(Natural Gas)orifice i/ 62 5/32"Hex II it NOTE:when re-attaching, this pin lines up with the notch in the pilot hood. 5 Replace the firebox components. Install the logs and embers. Replace the glass. 6 Remove and discard the screws (see"a" below) holding the stock regulator in place (see"b" below). Remove the stock regulator and gasket (see "c" below). Place the LP regulator in place, making sure the pre-fitted gasket(see"c" below)is in place. NOTE: There is a label on the base of the regulator knob indicating regulator type (NG or LP). Secure the regulator with the screws included with the regulator—tighten to 25 lb-in of torque. Place the included label on the valve body where it can be easily seen to insure proper identification. NOTE: Leak test this area after the heater is installed, gas is connected, and the main burner is lit. a T T T-20 Torx or Slotted Screwdriver i I r s C 7 Make the gas line connection, bleed the gas line (if applicable), start the heater and thoroughly leak- test all gas connections and the gas control valve. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 46 Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) 3 Follow the directions below to replace the orifices. d 1/2" Wrench E.r_ Apply thread sealant to the LP orifices prior to installation. Use the chart below to identify the Rear Burner Orifice correct orifices. Front Burner Orifice O Use a 1/2" open end wrench to unscrew the two orifices. �c Look here for the orifice identification Screw each LP orifice in so the NG LP orifice protrudes 15/16" (24mm) Front #54 #64 (indicating full insertion). Rear #52 #58 15/16" 24mm ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Optional Equipment (for qualified installers only) 45 LP Conversion Instructions Install the conversion kit prior to installing the gas line to ensure proper gas use. 1 Remove the glass (see page 29). Remove the logs and embers (if installed - page 31). 2 Remove the burner(see below). Grasp the burner with both hands and lift it straight up and out of the firebox. r I ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 . . Limited Year Warranty Register your TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC.Limited 7 Year Warranty online at traviswarrantv.com,or complete the enclosed Warranty card and mail it within ten(10)days of the appliance purchase date to:TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC.,4800 Harbour Pointe Blvd.SW,Mukilteo,WA 98275. TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC.warrants this gas appliance(appliance is defined as the equipment manufactured by Travis Industries,Inc.)to be defect-free in material and workmanship to the original purchaser from the date of purchase as follows: Check with your dealer in advance for any costs to you when arranging a warranty call- Mileage or service charges are not covered by this warranty.This charge can vary from store to store. Component Years 1 & 2 Years 3 Through 5 Years 6 & 7 Parts & Labor Parts & Labor Parts Only Burner Assemblv Burner Pan Assembly,Air Shutter Assembly,Main Burner Orifice Electrical Assembly(within heater structure): Wiring harness,snap discs,rheostat speed control Gas Control Assemblv Adjustable control valve,fireplace controller,pilot assembly and pilot wiring Glass Glass(breakage from thermal shock) Ceramic Loos Log Set,Embers Gold, Nickel&Copper Plating Face&Door(see"Conditions and Exclusions"#9) Enamel Finish A Warranted against peeling or fading,excluding chipping,mechanical abrasion,or crazing. Accessories Firebacks,Power Heat Ducts,Andirons,etc... One-Way Freight Allowance One-way freight allowance on pre-authorized repair done at factory is covered. Convection Heat Exchanger Convection heat exchanger assembly Firebox Assembly Adjustable Air Restrictor,Pressure Relief Mechanisms,Glass Attachment Mechanism EXCLUDED COMPONENTS: Paint,Gaskefing,and Accent Light Bulbs CONDITIONS & EXCLUSIONS 1. This new gas appliance must be installed by a qualified gas appliance technician. It must be installed,operated,and maintained at all times in accordance with the instructions in the Owner's Manual. Any alteration,willful abuse,accident,neglect,or misuse of the product shall nullify this warranty. 2. This warranty is nontransferable,and is made to the ORIGINAL purchaser,provided that the purchase was made through an authorized TRAVIS dealer. 3. Discoloration and some minor expansion,contraction,or movement of certain parts and resulting noise,is normal and not a defect and,therefore,not covered under warranty. The installer must ensure the appliance is burning as per the rating tag at the time of installation. Over-firing(operation above the listed BTU rate)of this appliance can cause serious damage and will nullify this warranty. 4. The warranty,as outlined within this document,does not apply to the chimney components or other Non-Travis accessories used in conjunction with the installation of this product.If in doubt as to the extent of this warranty,contact your authorized TRAVIS retailer before installation. 5. Travis Industries will not be responsible for inadequate performance caused by environmental conditions such as nearby trees,buildings,roof tops,wind,hills or mountains or negative pressure or other influences from mechanical systems such as furnaces,fans,clothes dryers,etc. 6. This Warranty is void If: a. The unit has been operated in atmospheres contaminated by chlorine,fluorine or other damaging chemicals. b. The unit is subject to submersion in water or prolonged periods of dampness or condensation. c. Any damage to the unit,combustion chamber,heat exchanger or other components due to water,or weather damage which is the result of,but not limited to,improper chimney/venting installation. 7. Exclusions to this 7 Year Warranty include: injury,loss of use,damage,failure to function due to accident,negligence,misuse,improper installation,alteration or adjustment of the manufacturer's settings of components,lack of proper and regular maintenance,damage incurred while the appliance is in transit,alteration,or act of God. 8. This 7 Year warranty excludes damage caused by normal wear and tear,such as paint discoloration or chipping,worn or tom gasketing,corroded or cracked logs,embers,etc. Also excluded is damage to the unit caused by abuse,improper installation,modification of the unit,drilling of the orifices,or the use of fuel other than that for which the unit is configured. Units are shipped for natural gas and must be converted to propane using the included conversion kit. Confirm fuel configuration with your installer. 9. Damage to gold or nickel surfaces caused by fingerprints,scratches,melted items-,or other external sources left on the gold or nickel from the use of cleaners other than denatured alcohol is not covered in this warranty. 10.TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC.is free of liability for any damages caused by the appliance,as well as inconvenience expenses and materials. Incidental or consequential damages are not covered by this warranty. In some states,the exclusion of incidental or consequential damage may not apply. 11.This warranty does not cover any loss or damage incurred by the use or removal of any component or apparatus to or from the gas appliance without the express written permission of TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC. and bearing a TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC.label of approval. 12.Any statement or representation of TRAVIS products and their performance contained in TRAVIS advertising,packaging literature,or printed material is not part of this 7 year warranty. 13.This warranty Is automatically voided if the appliance's serial number has been removed or altered in any way.If the appliance is used for commercial purposes,it is excluded from this warranty. 14.No dealer,distributor,or similar person has the authority to represent or warrant TRAVIS products beyond the terms contained within this warranty. TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC.assumes no liability for such warranties or representations. 15.Travis Industries will not cover the cost of the removal or re-installation of hearths,facing,mantels,venting or other components. 16.If for any reason any section of this warranty is declared invalid,the balance of the warranty remains in effect and all other clauses shall remain in effect. 17.THIS 7 YEAR WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY SUPPLIED BY TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC.,THE MANUFACTURER OF THE APPLIANCE. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED AND PURCHASER'S RECOURSE IS EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN. IF WARRANTY SERVICE IS NEEDED: 1. If you discover a problem that you believe is covered by this warranty,you MUST REPORT it to your TRAVIS dealer WITHIN 30 DAYS,giving them proof of purchase,the purchase date,and the model name and serial number. 2. Travis Industries has the option of either repairing or replacing the defective component. 3. If your dealer is unable to repair your appliance's defect,he may process a warranty claim through TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC.,including the name of the dealership where you purchased the appliance,a copy of your receipt showing the date of the appliance's purchase,and the serial number on your appliance. At that time,you may be asked to ship your appliance,freight charges prepaid,to TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC. TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC.,at its option,will repair or replace,free of charge,your TRAVIS appliance if it is found to be defective in material or workmanship within the time frame stated within this 7 year warranty. TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC.will return your appliance,freight charges(years 1 to 5)prepaid by TRAVIS INDUSTRIES,INC., to your regional distributor,or dealership. 4. Check with your dealer in advance for any costs to you when arranging a warranty call. Mileage or service charges are not covered by this warranty.This charge can vary from store to store. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Safety Label 43 Safety Label The safety(listing) label is on the back of the stove. A copy is shown below. Tested& Portland ��/,� Eden Listed By oregen usa Vented Gas c US �. rA AL ON I�I Fireplace Heater OMNI-Test Laboratories,Ina. 1� L l�n REPORT#028-S-50c-5 Firestylec for Life Certified for USA and Canada Tested to:ANSI 221.88-20091CSA 2.33-2009"Vented Gas Fireplace Heater",CGA 2.17-M91, UL 307b-1995"Gas Burning Heating Appliances for Manufactured Homes",and CSA P.4.1.09 Tested method for measuring annual fireplace efficiency. This appliance must be installed in accordance with local codes, if any; if none, follow the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.11NFPA 54,or Natural Gas and Propane Installation Codes,CSA B149.1. This appliance must be installed in accordance with the current Standard CAN/CSA Z240 MH,Mobile Housing,in Canada or with the Manufactured Home Constructions and Safety Standard,Title 24 CFR,Part 3280,in the United States,or when such a standard is not applicable,ANSIINCSBCS A225.11NFPA 501A,Manufactured Home Installation Standard. This vented gas fireplace heater is equipped at the factory for use with natural gas.If conversion to propane(LP)is desired,the optional factory conversion kit must be used. This appliance is only for use with the type of gas indicated on the rating plate and may be installed in an aftermarket,permanently located, manufactured (mobile) home (USA only) where not prohibited by local codes. See owner's manual for details. This appliance is not convertible for use with other gases,unless a certified kit is used. This vented gas fireplace heater is not for use with air filters. Keep burner and control compartment clean.See Installation and operating Instructions accompanying appliance. This appliance must be properly connected to a venting in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions must beprooerly connected to a venting system in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.Use only approved coaxial direct vent system to vent this appliance to the exterior.See owner's manual for approved brands of venting. WARNING:Improper installation,adjustment,alteration,service or maintenance can cause injury or property damage.Refer to the owner's information manual provided with this appliance. For assistance or additional information consult a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. VENTED GAS FIREPLACE HEATER- NOT FOR USE WITH SOLID FUEL CAUTION: Hot while in operation. Do not touch. Severe burns may result. Keep children, clothing, furniture, gasoline and other liquids having flammable vapors away. Do not operate this appliance with glass removed, cracked or broken. Replacement of the panel(s) should be done by a licensed or qualified service person. Minimum Clearances to Combustibles Stove Top to Sidewall...................10"(254 mm) Alcove Min.Height(Floor to Ceiling)......38-118"(968 mm) Stove Top to Backwall.................. 5"(127 mm) Alcove Max,Depth...............................24"(610 mm) Stove Top to Cornerwall................ 5"(127 mm) Alcove Min.Width...........................28-114"(718 mm) Glass Front to Unit......................36"(914 mm) L. N.G.. L.P.. N.G. Input Rate on"HI"(BTUIHr)*............22,000 22,000 Minimum Inlet Pressure(inches W.C.).............11" 5.5" Input Rate on"LO"(BTUIHr)*........... 6,300 6,700 Maximum Inlet Pressure(inches W.C.).............13" 7" Burner Orifice Size-Front.............. #64 #54 Manifold Pressure on"HI"(inches W.C.)..........11" 3.5" Burner Orifice Size-Rear............... #58 #52 This appliance is equipped for use only at altitudes 0-2,000 feet(0.610m)in the USA.In Canada,0-4500 feet(0-1370m). For altitudes above 2,000 feet,the vent configuration,orifice,or combination of both may need to be changed. See the owner's manual for information on making these changes. Electrical Rating:11 5v,1.5 Amps,60 Hz Optional Blower:#99000142 Manufactured by: 1 Manufacture 2009 Jan. Apr. Jul. Oct. TRAVIS INDUSTRIES Date: HOUSE OF FIRE 2010 Feb. May Aug. Nov. 4800 Harbour Pointe Blvd.SW 2011 Mar. Jun. Sep. Dec. Mukllteo,WA 98275 IGN 0845 www.travisproducts.com ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 42 Maintenance (for qualified service personnel only) Wiring Diagram Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. Accent(s) Rod Pilot Light(s) > Sensor Accent Light, Rheostat Pilot Ground Optional Blower Hookup Comfort Control X .. Valve k . 120 VAC ❑ L e Power Int: nu AC ADAPTER ctrpt n 00000000 rd n Greg Gl9IXf � POWER SUPPLY Yellowl Grcan ¢ & R 4l IPI/opt BI Gr it Blue F Vw RaE R mu Black CONTINUOUS PILOT G O O O O O O 0 AA COMFORT BATTERY MAIN BURNER GREENSMART CONTROL TRAY PILOT Replacement Parts List Caution: Use only Travis Industries replacement parts. Do not use substitute materials. Warning: Do not operate appliance with the glass front removed, cracked, or broken. Replacement of the glass should be done by a licensed or qualified service person. Contact your local Travis Industries Dealer for a Replacement Parts List ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Maintenance (forqualified service personnel only) 41 Troubleshooting Table Problem: Possible Cause: Don't Call for Service Until You: Main Burners Will The ON/OFF switch is turned to"OFF".--------------, Turn the ON/OFF switch to"ON" The remote control is not working correctly---------. See the remote control instructions Not Start The thermostat is disconnected or set too low-----, See"Thermostat Operation" No Propane in Tank---------------------------------------- Check Tank Level Receiver Beeps The power backup batteries are dead----------------. Replace the batteries(see page 39) Heater Beeps The power backup batteries are dead Replace the batteries(see page 39) (heater will beep once repeatedly)---------------- Beep The heater encountered an error when trying to Make sure gas is turned on. Turn start(heater beeps 3 times repeatedly),---..--, heater off for 5 seconds(make sure standing pilot is off)—then turn back The heater encountered a pilot error on. (heater beeps 2 times repeatedly)---------------- Contact your dealer if this occurs. Thermostat Does The ON/OFF switch is turned to"OFF",--------------, Turn the ON/OFF switch to"ON" The thermostat is set too low---------------------------. Check thermostat Not Work Stove Will Not The stove is not getting electricity---------------------, Check the breaker switch Distribute Heat The stove is not up to temperature--------------------, Let the stove burn for at least 15 minutes The stove has just been started------------------------- This is normal-see"Starting the Stove for Flames Are Too the First Time" Blue Improper air shutter adjustment------ Adjust Air Shutter-contact your dealer Flames Are Too The flame height may be turned too low-------------, Turn the flame height to"HI"- See"Adjusting the Flame Height' Short Under 6" Comfort Control The AA batteries may be dead-------------------------. Replace the AA batteries(see page 39) Does not Work Thin Layer of Soot The logs or coals are placed incorrectly-------------. See"Log Set Installation" Covers the Glass Improper air shutter adjustment------------------------- Adjust Air Shutter-contact your dealer ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 40 Maintenance (for qualified service personnel only) Accent Light Replacement An accent light is included in your stove to provide additional lighting. This bulb will burn out over time. To replace, follow the directions below: • Shut off gas to the stove and let it cool for 15 minutes. • Remove the glass(see page 29)and logs(see page 31). • Replace the halogen bulb with the following bulb: (NOTE: .Take care to not touch the bulb with your fingers—use foam packing or paper towel to hold the bulb): 35 Watt 120 Volt T4 Halogen Bulb(G6.35 Base) 1" 1 1 Yearly Service Procedure Failure to inspect and maintain the stove may lead to improper combustion and a potentially dangerous situation. We recommend the following procedures be done by a qualified technician. 1. Turn the pilot flame to continuous. It should touch approximately 3/8"of the top of the flame sensor. If it does not, contact your dealer for service. 2. Shut off gas to the stove and let it cool for 15 minutes. Remove the glass(see page 29). 3. Remove the log set(NOTE:the logs are very fragile-see page 31). If severely deteriorated, replace. Check the logs for sooting. A small amount of soot along the bottom of the logs is normal. If excessive sooting is found, the stove will require adjustment. Contact your dealer. 4. Inspect the burner and remove any debris. • Make sure the burner is not warped,cracked,or damaged. • Check the firebox and area around the pilot to make sure there is no warping or damage. • If any problem is found,discontinue use and contact your dealer for service. 5. Replace the log set. Clean and replace the glass. If the glass is damaged,replace. Make sure the gasket along the perimeter of the glass contacts the face of the firebox and forms an air-tight seal. If it does not, re-align or replace the gasket to insure an air-tight seal. 6. Inspect the area behind the access door. Clean if necessary. Check the gas control valve and the gas lines. If damage is found,discontinue use and contact your dealer for service. Clean the air channels,ducts, and blower (if applicable). 7. Start the main burner. After 15 minutes the flames should be orange/yellow and not touch the top of the firebox. If the pilot or main burners do not burn correctly,contact your dealer for service. Monitor blower operation. 8. Remove any debris or vegetation near the vent termination. Contact your dealer if any sooting or deterioration is found near the vent termination. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Maintenance (for qualified service personnel only) 391 Maintaining Your Stove's Appearance Painted Surfaces • Painted surfaces should be cleaned with a duster. If scratches occur, lightly sand the area with fine sandpaper. Clean the area and,with the stove cool, apply one or two thin coats of stove paint to the area(mask the area to avoid overspray). Allow the stove to dry,then turn the stove on to cure the paint(1 hour on medium). Enamel Surfaces • Use only soft cloth and water to clean enamel surfaces. To fix chips in the enamel,follow the directions below: 1) Let the stove cool. Clean the area thoroughly. 2) Shake the Travis Enamel Touch-Up thoroughly. Apply to the damaged area. Patina Surfaces • The patina finish is a"living"color and will age and antique over time. Some portions of the finish may become slightly dull in appearance,especially over the top where it becomes hot. This is normal. The only cleaning we recommend is a light dusting when the appliance is cool. DO NOT USE ANY LIQUID,CLEANER OR ABRASIVES ON THIS FINISH. Glass • Clean the glass with soap and water(do not use abrasive cleaners). Glass removal instructions are on page 29. Battery Replacement Power Backup Batteries Four AA batteries are used as a power backup for the stove in case the household(AC)power goes out. They also power the comfort control feature. These batteries must be inserted into battery holder(make sure they contact the terminals-see the illustration below). The fireplace controller will beep once these batteries start to go dead. Replace batteries before each heating season to insure proper operation. Control Panel Light Battery LED lights and a 9v battery are used to illuminate the control panel when the concealment cover is opened. If the LED lights do not operate, replace the 9v battery(see the illustration below).Velcro is provided to secure the 9v battery. d AA Battery Holder 1 Swing the control AA Battery Tray cover down to access the batteries. Battery Holder for Control Panel Lights © Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 8 0 • . • Normal Operating Sounds Extinction Pops It is not unusual,especially on Propane The appliance may creak with change of (LP)appliances,to experience a"pop" temperature--THIS IS NORMAL. when the burner is shut off. o, ebb Blower Pilot Assembly ebb 0101° This heater has an optional blower to push The pilot flame will make a clicking bbbb o� o heated air into the room. You will hear the sound when starting up. If left on,it \ bi sound of air movement that increases as will make a slight whisper sound. \/ the speed is increased. v� r Gas Control Valve \ As the gas control valve is turned on and off you will hear a dull clicking sound. This is the valve Blower Snap Disk opening up and shutting down. This part can produce a clicking sound as it turns the blower on and off. GreenSmart Receiver The optional GreenSmart receiver will AC Adapter beep when receiving commands from the This device makes a light hum that is GreenSmart remote. audible in close proximity. Normal Operating Odors This appliance has several areas that reach high temperatures. Dust or other particles on these areas may burn and create a bumt-paper smell. This is normal during startup. You may notice the smell is more acute if the appliance was left idle for a long period. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Operation Accent Light This stove has a built-in accent light �- • that may be turned on and off and ♦ecaMr uoHr dimmed to your preference. Turn the knob to achieve the desired light output. OFF LOW HIGH Adjusting the Optional Blower Speed The blower helps transfer heat from the heater into the room. It will not turn on until the heater is up to temperature (approximately 15 minutes after starting). See the illustration below for instructions on adjusting the blower speed. NOTE: With the rear burner off(comfort control), the heater may not become hot enough for the blower to turn on. o�. pow BLOWER Continuous Pilot/GreenSmart TM Pilot Switch This stove may run with the pilot continuously running or in GreenSmart CONTINUOUS (intermittent) mode. For most homeowners, the GreenSmart mode is PILOT preferred (this saves fuel, doesn't give off un-needed heat). However, in some situations the homeowner may prefer to switch the stove to continuous pilot. The most typical reasons for switching to continuous OREEN,SMART pilot are: PILOT • Very Cold Conditions—in very cold conditions you may notice that the burner does not light quickly, and the flames lift off the burner. If this is the situation,we recommend you switch to continuous pilot. This will create a slight draft in the vent, allowing the burner to light quickly and draft correctly. • Excessive Condensation on Glass After Startup—certain installations may encounter excessive fogging on the window after stuartup (not just the first time the stove was started). This is an aesthetic condition that may be remedied by switching the stove to continuous pilot. • Cold Glass or Stove Front—in very cold conditions you may notice that the stove front and glass become very cold. To remedy this, switch the stove to continuous pilot. • Frequent On/Off Operation—if you are frequently turning the stove on and off, you may wish to leave it in continuous pilot. This allows the burner to turn on more quickly, without pilot ignition delay. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 • Operation Starting the Stove for the First Time • Burn the heater at a high setting with the blower off for an extended period (up to 48 hours). This will cure the painted surfaces. Fumes from the paint curing and oil burning off the steel will occur. This is normal. We recommend opening a window to vent the room. • Condensation may appear on the glass each time you start the stove-this is normal. • Blue Flames will occur on the stove when it first comes on. After fifteen minutes the flames will turn a more realistic yellow and orange color. • Certain installations use a remote, thermostat, or wall switch to turn the stove on and off. If this is the case, leave the ON/OFF switch "ON". • Verify the power backup and control light batteries are installed (see page 39). Turning the Stove On and Off Use the main burner switch to turn the main burner on and off. MAIN BURNER NOTE FOR REMOTES,THERMOSTATS, OR WALL SWITCHES: The on/off switch on the stove may be required to be left in the ON or OFF position for the stove to operate. Consult your installer or dealer for details. • Do not place any combustible items on top of or directly in front of the stove, even temporarily. An optional thermostat may start the stove causing a combustible item to ignite. • If the stove turns on and off frequently while using a standard thermostat,you may want to adjust the flame height down until it produces just enough heat needed. Comfort Control The rear portion of the burner may be shut off to COMFORT lower the heat output and flame size from the CONTROL burner(this is called the comfort control). Use the comfort control switch to adjust this as desired. Adjusting the Flame Height This stove has an adjustable flame to tailor the look FLAME ADJUST and heat output to your specific needs. It is H adjusted by turning the flame adjust knob. WW ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Operation Before You Begin Warning: Read this entire manual before you use your new stove (especially the section "Safety Precautions" on pages 4&5). Failure to follow the instructions may result in property damage, bodily injury, or even death. Warning: Do not operate appliance with the glass front removed, cracked or broken. Replacement of the glass should be done by a licensed or qualified service person. Location of Controls - See explanation below The on/off switch and accent light control are located on the back of the heater. ON/OFF Switch Accent Light Control • An instruction card for operating the fireplace is attached to the inside of the fireplace here. Replace it for easy reference. Swing the control cover down to access the controls. 5e o6wriN6Ous E UxT comrORT Or VOM' .40T t+ + 8 U!1 G rR 9ME11�$MART 1 ft/ ` u„: - I�l�OT WWER ON/OFF Switch This switch turns the stove burners on and off. Accent Light This knob controls the accent lights located behind the logs. 9 Volt Battery Holder This holder contains a 9-volt battery used to light the controls Continuous Pilot-- This switch controls how the pilot flame works. See the section GreenSmart Pilot "Continuous Pilot/GreenSmart Pilot”for details. Flame Adjust Knob This knob controls the flame height from low to high. Optional Blower Control This knob controls the speed of the optional internal convection blower that pus hes heated air into the room. Comfort Control This switch turns the rear burner on and off. AA Battery Holder This holder contains 4 AA batteries that allow the stove to operate during ower outages. © Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Finalizing the Installation (f.r Ember Placement Place a layer of embers along the edges of the burner to achieve an aesthetic appearance. Also place an ember over the screw on the right side of the burner(see photos below). Rockwool Installation The included rock wool is placed on top of the burner to enhance the glow from the burner. The rock wool works best when it is applied in a very thin, porous laver. The best method for applying the rock wool is to brush it on to the burner. Compress a clump of rockwool between your thumb and forefinger. Use a stiff brush to apply a thin layer of rockwool fibers onto the burner. Do not use the entire bag of rockwool. Use only a small amount and save the remainder. Over-use of rockwool will diminish the low and ma cause sootin or other adverse conditions. } ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Finalizing the Installation (for qualified installers only) 33 Left Twig Placement The left twig is the shorter twig(see photo below). The bottom of the twig has two holes. Place the twig so the pins on the rear and left log insert into the holes on the twig. Left Twig Right Twig qry Right Twig Placement The right twig has two holes in the bottom that fit over the pin on the back and right log (see photos below). The lower side of the twig rests on the right log. Place the twig as shown below. I Ili�dlll � li� I li IVil I ill I� � i1��4 i l amid N 'VIII", ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Finalizing I I ♦ qualified installers only) Left Log Placement The left log has one hole and one elevated pad on the bottom. Place the log so the pin on the burner inserts into the holes on the log and the pad inserts over the screw on the burner(see photos below). Right Log Placement The right log has two holes on the bottom. Place the log so the two pins on the burner insert into the holes on the log (see photos below). ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Finalizing the Installation (for Log Installation I The logs are fragile, especially after being exposed to heat. • Make sure the gas control valve is"OFF"and the heater is cool prior to conducting service. • Failure to position the parts in accordance with these diagrams or failure to use only parts specifically approved with this appliance may result in property damage or personal injury. • If using propane (LP), convert the appliance before installing the logs (see page 45). • The burner must be correctly positioned before installing the logs. Make sure the burner is fully seated and the pilot is properly aligned. See page 45 for details on burner removal. Rear Log Placement The rear log has two holes on the bottom. Place the log so the pins on the burner insert into the holes on the log (see photos below). ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Glass Frame Removal and Installation (continued) The latch can come loose from glass frame anchor. This occurs when it is turned 1/4 turn when it is disengaged. Follow the directions below to re-install the latch if it becomes loose. Hold the latch at an angle and insert it into the slot on the glass frame anchor. /Vft&�00 Latch NOTE: this slot may be at a different angle than illustrated. Glass Frame Anchor Note how the washer on the latch fits behind the flange on the glass frame anchor. I 41dolloo Once fully inserted, turn the latch until it is upright. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Finalizing the Installation (for Face and Glass Removal I Make sure the gas control valve is"OFF" and the heater is cool prior to conducting service. - O Open the two latches holding the glass frame in Oplace follow the directions shown below Lift the stove flue cover and stove + top off the stove and place it aside. rr Latch i� Glass Remove the stove front by lifting it / up then forward. Place it aside. -! NOTE: The metal tabs on the stove front slide over the tabs on the side castings. 00M, O Lift the glass frame slightly,swing the top forward,then lift the glass frame to disengage it from the bottom guides. Catch (on glass frame) �a: r Glass Frame ` Glass Frame Guide Re-Attaching the Glass Frame: a) Slide the two brackets on the bottom of the glass frame into the glass frame guides(hold the glass frame at a slight angle. b) Swing the glass frame into place-you may have to lift it slightly to allow it to fit over the top of the firebox. c) Attach the upper latches(follow the instructions above in reverse). d) Replace the stove front and top. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 28 Installation (for qualified installers only) 5. Install the logs(see page 31). 6. Replace the glass. 7. Start the heater. 8. Leak test all gas joints. 9. Check the air shutter following the directions below. Air Shutter Adjustment Let the heater burn for fifteen minutes (make sure the logs and glass are in place). The flames should be yellow with no sooting. Adjust the air shutter, if necessary, to achieve the correct looking flame. r 01��k� Correct Not Enough Air Too Much Air Flames should be blue at the If the flames are too tall or sooty on the If the flames are all blue and base,yellow-orange on the top. ends,open the air shutter. short,close the air shutter. i, ,{ r Front Burner Air Shutter Control (RED) Left=Less Air Right=More Air Swing the control cover down to Rear Burner Air Shutter Control access the air shutters. (GOLD) Left=Less Air Right=More Air 10. Turn the flame adjust knob to its highest position-the flames should not contact the top of the firebox. Check the flame on low position. The flames should burn off of each burner hole. If the heater does not work correctly,contact your Travis dealer for a remedy. 11. Give this manual to the home owner for future reference and fully explain operation of this heater. © Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Installation • qualified installers only) Steps for Finalizing the Installation 1. Remove the glass(see page 29). NOTE: If using propane(LP)convert the appliance prior to installing the logs. 2. We recommend you purge the gas line at this time(with the glass removed). This allows gas to be detected once it enters the firebox,ensuring gas does not build up. 3. Make sure the accent light bulb is in place. NOTE:Take care to not touch the bulb with your fingers—use a cloth or paper towel). 1 _ � 1 1 4. install the four AA batteries(included in the owner's pack)into battery holder(see the illustration below). The AA batteries act as a power backup in case the household(AC)power goes out. Install the 9v battery(included in the owner's pack)into control panel light assembly(see the illustration below).Velcro is provided to secure the 9v battery. AA Battery Holder AA Battery Tray Swing the control cover down to access the batteries. Battery Holder for Control Panel Lights ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 • Installation qualified installers only) Interior Masonry Chimney Conversions (top vent configuration only) • Follow the requirements and use the equipment listed in the illustration below to install this appliance into an interior masonry chimney. • Maximum vertical rise is 40' • Minimum vertical rise is 10' • See the chart on page22 for determining the correct restrictor position. NOTE: these restrictor positions are based upon lab tests. The ideal restrictor position may vary slightly. Interior Masonry Chimney The entire chimney system #991 High Wind must be air-tight. Make sure to Termination seal the flashing,clean-out, and thimble connection,and to Flashing(included in Inspect the chimney. #934 Masonry Conversion Kit Make sure the coaxial pipe maintains a 1"clearance to any combustible. The vent must be � n•r sealed air-tight. 01`O"ap #990 901 Elbow #711 Flex Liner(4"dia.) (or other UL 1777 Gas Liner) Co-Axial Straight Lengths Connector with Cover (included in#934 Masonry Conversion Kit) Standard Masonry Fireplace The entire chimney system #991 High Wind must be air-tight. Seal the Termination connector cover and Inspect the chimney. �� Flashing(included in #934 Masonry Conversion Kit) #711 Flex Liner(4"dia.) Make sure the coaxial pipe = = (or other UL 1777 Gas Liner) 1 maintains a I"clearance to any Connector(included in#934 combustible. The vent must be—�' s• s : Masonry Conversion Kit) sealed air-tight. secured and sealed to block-off plate. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Installation • qualified installers only) 25 Class A Chimney Conversion Kit (top vent configuration only) Simpson Duravent provides a conversion kit for those wishing to use an existing wood stove chimney to vent this direct vent stove. The illustration below gives an overview of this type of installation. See the instructions included with the kit for details. ! Do not exceed the maximum vertical rise(see the section"Approved Vent Configurations"starting on page 16) allowable. Remember to set the restdctor position to the correct position (based upon the vertical rise height- see the chart on page 22). ! The conversion kit does not work on interior masonry chimneys. Chimney Conversion Kit A(#931) Screw the Retro Retro Verti al To Metalbestos 6"I.D. Yprtisal Top to the q q (screw to Nimne�) Security Chimneys 6" I.D. Flex ipe ac es-Evans 6" I.D. �a Hart&Cooley 6"I.D. a Pro-Jet 6" I.D. t Chimney Conversion Kit B(#932) Cut tfig Flex Pipe to Simpson Dura-Vent 6" I.D. the c imney height Air-Jet 6"I.D. .__ plus 3"(76 mm) Metal-Fab 6"and 7" I.D. Amer. Metals 6"&7" I.D. Metalbestos 7"and 8" I.D. Jackes-Evans 7"and 8" I.D. Type A Chimney Hart&Cooley 7"and 8" I.D. Pro-Jet 7"and 8" I.D. Security Chimneys 8" I.D. 4'002 mnP Chimney Conversion Kit C(#933) Aluminum Flex Pipe Simpson Dura-Vent 7"and 8" I.D. American Metals 8" I.D. Air-Jet 8" I.D. Retro Connector Metal-Fab 8"I.D. (screw to chimney`)----*. American Metals 8" I.D. Each Kit Contains: a n Retro Connector Screw the Retro Retro Vertical To Simp qn D ravent Direct Connector to the P Vent ipe Sections Flex Pipe Additional Required Equipment: (use adjustable section) 4"Flex(#711 or U.L. 1777) Termination(#991) Co-Axial Sections © Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 I Installation • qualified installers only) Vent Termination Requirements (see illustration below) ! Venting terminals shall not be recessed into a wall or siding. A Minimum 9"(229mm)clearance from any door or window Roof B Minimum 12"(305mm)above any grade,veranda, porch,deck or balcony Surface C Minimum 1"(25mm)from outside corner walls Roof NOTE:Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements 1111°Min. Eaves of the gas supplier. (279mm) 6•Min. D Minimum 12"(305mm)from inside corner walls 1 52mm) NOTE:Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements ap of the gas supplier. E Minimum 11"(279mm)clearance below unventilated soffits or roof surfaces Minimum 18"(457mm)clearance below ventilated soffits Minimum 6"(152mm)clearance below roof eaves NOTE:Vinyl surfaces require 24"(610mm) NOTE:Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. F Minimum 12"(305mm)clearance below a veranda,porch,deck or balcony NOTE: Permitted only if veranda, porch,deck,or balcony is fully open on a minumum of two sides beneath the floor. NOTE:Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. G Minimum 48"(1219mm)clearance from any adjacent building H Minimum 84"(2134mm)clearance above any grade when adjacent to public walkways or driveways NOTE: may not be used over a walkway or driveway shared by an adjacent building I Minimum 9"(229mm)clearance to any nonmechanical air supply inlet to the building or the combustion air inlet to any other appliance. J Minimum 36"(914mm)clearance above any mechanical air supply inlet if within 10' (3M)horizontally K Minimum 36"(914mm)from the area above the meter/regulator (vent outlet) -this extends 15' (4.5M)above the regulator NOTE:Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. L Minimum 36"(914mm)from the meter/regulator(vent outlet) NOTE:Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. M Minimum 12"(305mm)above the roof line(for vertical terminations) N Minimum 24"(610mm)horizontal clearance to any surface(such as an exterior wall)—for vertical terminations \ E N 1 i M = E E A 11Y ® K, 1 I� � A 0 0 H _, II • L 111 I lU/ B NOTE:Measure clearances to the nearest edge of the exhaust hood. • Use the vinyl siding standoff when installing on an exterior with vinyl siding. • Vent termination must not be located where it will become plugged by snow or other material ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Installation • qualified installers only) 23 Top Vent Configuration with Horizontal Termination • Use 6-5/8" Diameter Vent • Horizontal sections require a '/4" (6mm)rise every 12" (305mm)of travel. • A maximum of four(4)45° or 90° elbows may be used. Of these elbows, only one(1) may be a horizontal elbow (see illustration). • The termination must fall within the shaded area shown in the chart. Use the indicated restrictor positions. NOTE: Restrictor positions are based upon lab tests. The ideal restrictor position may vary slightly, especially when the termination is near a demarcation line. • Diffuser set to open(stock) position). • Do not install the intake damper plate or exhaust restrictor extender plates. E _ E M �E E u7 E �xx *6 N ? O N N 21'max(6.3m) � —21'max(6.3m) 20 feet(6m) vy�a ��.v . J r ,h•� w r .r nn•. n ur n: W x, ✓r r: 20 feet(6m) �.-.n.,:w^v-v^.-,vim.^..v♦n.^�.�'.l--r✓.�.n.v'.r.�,.r'�.^.!varv-a.'.!'.i.rvr^..'.r.!+.n,.-...(w�,�wv,.r✓.^�n.'♦.-..r..!.,. '♦...-•/+,n..^...-,!^.n.v v-�.n..♦.A'.!h� �v'v fir,.-v..,�.^v'�.^1..,,r-✓.."vv✓�,mow,....tin..^. 'l�..Yl..l...ry ryV-.r..M1.%',v^ 1'-w.a N.h.J,�f'..Y1!-,N.rvi J,.�^..^.i♦..^w+,h^i`. �xFiaus��ies�nctorPos1iohi5",."w.;;,�tv;;�;��:n;�i;=.;�n."�"`,-�:::s v — r^ x ^s^ Intake Restrictor Position#6 r r 'Vv^J+..l.:'v^.J-.'+y'VJ lJt✓vLxN✓-.n_'l./v',.J�!��V'v'✓-,.hJ`l �- "V`14.+:flL'Zh�Ja.�.�*JL^,1,'li v tin.:+`..F'�^�.'*✓'u^I+l+.�^:+V`✓.+i�'v".J".f`..?'4�1.n.N".fv 4✓tF'.,-'+11.'t!`.+`..n.F37'�JS.°i �^v v^.i^..h. ./'J+�N vV�.!`�hly^.f+l+�^vtiY.l.�.Y'vV`+J`.'r."v"V^=J`^iv'V`✓;'�'1r"v^.r'+J`�"U'vV`1+..^r'v ^v�!',.+\h"v"v'^'!V\.^v'�./`✓l/v^v'-/'.N�.NV+^./�.1r WV1^v-✓'✓V`uN'�./".N"rr^v vV�fL^v`/W4^v'�.f` ..l'v.\.N�!♦J'.M.+'�!'+J+/^././"r!''l`,.!�/4n"•!'..v"hll/'+l tl�..hr\,h!''.7un lti/�!\s'•.h✓`-.,.'+�\Nv^✓�-.a/'^„'�lE.ti/�.1^ - - _M'.l zJ 4/V'�l:V^+/\.'V'VVV�Ih.+'�!'VVV`/V✓V4h+}.'4"J^:'V'�!°n+^�^.-'�+'�./-✓�-+V"vl/♦s^h v'w4^ - n�,./�Sn���%*.f��f.�✓�.n��r�f '�./�.+1.�^n�✓�`..n��♦�� 1�:rvn✓�n�Afi/��^� J• NJ'✓+.rl/`t.�t.^.1..+'uMN.M✓`N..hMf„n.�„�.rt�h/.1...+-..�M1N�.n.n.. - 15 feet(4.5m) _ —15 feet(4.5m) Exhaust Restrictor position#4 — Intake Restrictor Position#4 10 feet(3m) — —10 feet(3m) ♦- �1 _ , Exhaust Restri torPositition�#1 IntakeRes�rictorPosition#3 ,R4ti �`� 5 feet(1.5m)— ` i ` 5 feet(1.5m) Min.2'(0.61 m)Rise Required _ 0 feet— l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I —0 feet E E M u� fD CO O d NZ � � N N d o N E N Horizontal Elbow Horizontal elbows are elbows placed between two horizontal sections of pipe. One 45°or 90° horizontal elbow is allowed for this configuration. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Installation • qualified installers only) Top Vent Configuration with Vertical Termination • Use 6-5/8"Diameter Vent • Horizontal sections require a'/4" (6mm) rise every 12" (305mm)of travel. • A maximum of four(4)450 or 900 elbows may be used. Of these elbows, only one(1) may be a horizontal elbow(see illustration). • The termination must fall within the shaded area shown in the chart. Use the indicated restrictor positions. NOTE: Restrictor positions are based upon lab tests. The ideal restrictor position may vary slightly, especially when the termination is near a demarcation line. • Diffuser set to open (stock)position. • Install the intake damper plate. • Install the exhaust restrictor extender plate. E 40'max 112m)— :�-- _ , _-;,, ,;, ., ',r —40'man(12m) 35 feet(10.5m) —35 feet(10.5m) Exha t R~trlgo P sill 715 30 feet(9m)— M l take Resinctor vo•son e6 —30 feet(9m) 1 a _ 25 feet(7.5m)— —25 feel(7.5m) 20 feet(6m)— —20 feet(6m) Exhaust Reslrletor Posaian e9 ' Intake Reslrigor Positron e4 15 feet(4.5m)— - —15 feet(4.5m) Mtake Rp}rlgor POVtwn,Y3 - 10 feet(3m)— i,w�,\ \.. .�\ 10feet(3m) 5 feet(1.5m)— —5 feet(1.5m) 0 feet l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l i l l l l—O feet vEi vEi ro rEi, m E – v Horizontal Elbow Horizontal elbows are elbows placed between two horizontal sections of pipe. One 45°or 90° horizontal elbow is allowed for this configuration. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Installation qualified installers only) Rear Vent Configuration Vented into Fireplace with Co-Linear Adapter • Attach the Co-Linear adapter directly to the back of the stove. Use two (2)3" UL 441 or 1775 gas liners to vent the appliance through a code-conforming masonry or metal (zc)fireplace. All clearances to combustibles must be met and the flex vent must be vented through a non- combustible fireplace chimney. • Use a high-wind termination cap. • Vent height must be a minimum 10' and maximum 25'. • Diffuser must be set to closed (#2) position. • Intake and exhaust restrictor must be set to the#1 (stock) position. • Do not install the intake damper plate or exhaust restrictor extender plates. High Wind Termination 46DVA-VCH Liner Termination Kit t•mp (Flashing and Adapter) 46DVA-GK 3" (77mm) Dia. Flex Lines Min. 18" .ti•ti• . Co-Axial to Co-Linear Adapter 46DVA-TCL ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 20 Installation (for qualified installers only) Rear Vent Configurations with Vertical Termination • Use 6-5/8" Diameter Vent • Horizontal sections require a W (6mm) rise every 12"(305mm)of travel. • A maximum of three(3)elbows may be used (e.g.: one 900 and two 450 or three 900). • The termination must fall within the shaded area shown in the chart. Use the indicated restrictor positions. NOTE: Restrictor positions are based upon lab tests. The ideal restrictor position may vary slightly, especially when the termination is near a demarcation line. • Diffuser set to open (stock)position). • Install the intake damper plate. • Install the exhaust restrictor extender plate. E o E i*> 31'max(9.3m)— —31'max(9.3m) 30 feet(9m)— —30 feet(9m) 25 feet(7.5m)— —25 feet(7.5m) Exhaust Restrictor Position#5 — Intake Restrictor Position#6 20 feet(6m)— —20 feet(6m) — 15 feet(4.5m)— titi N`� —15 feet(4.5m) \ti titi Exhaust Restrictor Position#3 -- Intake Restrictor Position#4 10 feet(3m)— —10 feet(3m) 5 feet(1.5m) — —5 feet(1.5m) 0 feet- 0 feet aroi E 0 X Cu E io ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Installation • qualified installers only) Rear Vent Configurations with Horizontal Termination and 1' Min, Rise • Use 6-5/8" Diameter Vent • Horizontal sections require a W (6mm) rise every 12" (305mm)of travel. • Maximum of one (1)45° or 90° horizontal elbow may be used (see illustration). • The termination must fall within the shaded area shown in the chart. Use the indicated restrictor positions. NOTE: Restrictor positions are based upon lab tests. The ideal restrictor position may vary slightly, especially when the termination is near a demarcation line. • Diffuser set to open (stock)position). • Do not install the intake damper plate or exhaust restrictor extender plates. E M M : (O N N E O V7 O d O u7 r r N N IIItIIlllllllllllllllllll 12 feet max(3.6m) — L_ —12 feet max(3.6m) y, Exhaust Restnctor Positron#5 ' Intake Restrictor Position#6 10 feet(3m) — . .. . ` —10 feet(3m) Exhaust Restrictor Position#4 -: — Intake Restrictor Position#5 — 5 feet(1.5m) — r F' f f 5 feet(1.5m) Exhaust Restrictor Position#3 Intake Restrictor Position#3 Min. 1'(03m)Vertical Section Required 0 feet- I l I I l l l l l l l l l l l l l t l l l l l l l —0 feet d 0 Horizontal Elbow Horizontal elbows are elbows placed between two horizontal sections of pipe. One 450 or 90° horizontal elbow is allowed for this configuration. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 18 Installation (for qualified installers only) Rear Vent Configurations with Horizontal Termination and No Rise • Use 8" Diameter Vent with a 6-5/8"to 8"adapter(increaser). We recommend using the minimum vent kit from Travis Industries (SKU 96200311). This kit contains the following components used to vent the stove through a typical exterior wall: --6-5/8"to 8"Adapter(Black) --Thimble --Thimble Cover(Black) -- Pipe (3.9") -- High-Wind Horizontal Cap • Place the 6-5/8"to 8"adapter directly onto stove (see illustration below). • Maximum Horizontal Run of 4'. • Horizontal sections require a '/4" (6mm)rise every 12" (305mm)of travel. • Maximum of one (1)45° elbow may be used between horizontal sections. • Diffuser must be set to closed (#2) position. • Intake and exhaust restrictor must be set to the#1 (stock) position. • Do not install the intake damper plate or exhaust restrictor extender plates. Max.4' (1.2M) High Wind Horizontal Cap Required (58DVA-HC) Typical 8-1/2" (216mm) = ►� xfi as 3 x x Min. 12" (305mm) ' � Grade 6-5/8"to 8"Adapter Thimble w Cover Corner Installations Typ cal Fluemar 53/8'(73737mm) Minimum 9' Minimum 52' (229.m) (7327mm) v ~a h °m ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Installation (for quaed installers only) 17 Exhaust Restrictor File Sac*W Loosen these two screws lrebo)( on the exhaust restrictor. Slide the restrictor to the correct restrictor position(see the illustration below). The screw location indicates W restrictor position.In this example,the restrictor Is set in position#3. Tighten the screws to secure the restrictor. (closed)#5 4 #3 #2 (open•stock position) #I Exhaust Restrictor Extender Plate Remove these two screws on the exhaust restrictor. Sac* 0, lebor Exhaust Restrictor Extender Plate (found in the owners pack) Use the screws to attach the extender to the 0 exhaust restrictor. ............................................ Diffuser • 0- The diffuser is best accessed while converting the appliance to rear vent(see page 10). �O:d 0 the inner flue ars:1, Bend the round portion of the ser 18 found:on the inner assembly Vent fo (s"Zop ta�ReWw Venit Configuration for details diffuser so it is bent(position#2). VIEW Boom of inner DIFFUSER$112F. Bottom Before(Stock-Position#1) flue ass mbly After(Position#2) Replace the Remove the diffuser. diffuser. @ Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Installation • qualified installers only) Approved Vent Configurations Overview This appliance has several components used to control the flow of intake air and exhaust gases. Depending upon vent configuration, you may be required to adjust the intake restrictor, exhaust restrictor, diffuser and/or install the intake dampers and extender plate. Refer to the vent configuration (pages 18 to 23)to determine the correct restrictor, damper, extender, and diffuser settings. Intake Restrictor a Adjustment Plate Pivot Point Rotate the adjustment plate to change the 06 �0 restrictor position. 05 o4 I Index Holes ©3 2 1 '# 0 *' —Screw NOTE: Position#1 is the fully open position To Adjust the Restrictor: 1 Determine a restrictor position(see the charts under "Approved Vent Configurations") 2 Remove the screw. 3 Rotate the adjustment plate counter-clockwise until the correct index hole is over the screw hole. 4 Insert the screw into the correct index hole and tighten. t 5 Use touch-up paint to conceal any exposed steel near the v: w restrictor. s t O This restrictor is In p Position #5. 0 0 Intake Damper Plates e • Two intake damper plates are included in the owner's pack. They are installed behind the burner in certain vent configurations. See page 45 for details on removing the burner. Remove the four screws above Attach the damper plates to the back wall of the air inlets inside the firebox. the firebox with the screws removed earlier. ,. r r,A Ire Intake Damper Plates(2) F (found in the owner's pack) y P ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Installation • qualified installers only) 15 Vent Requirements • The gas appliance and vent system must be vented directly to the outside of the building, and never be attached to a chimney serving a separate solid fuel or gas-burning appliance. Each direct vent gas appliance must use its own separate vent system. • In addition to the requirements listed here,follow the requirements provided with the vent. • When the vent passes through a wall a wall thimble is required. When the vent passes through a ceiling a support box or firestop is required. When the vent passes through the roof,a roof flashing and storm collar are required. Follow the instructions provided with the vent for installing these items. NOTE: Wall thimbles may have different dimensions than what is required by this heater. • The vent must maintain the required 1"clearance to combustible materials to prevent a fire. Do not fill air spaces with insulation. Altitude NO+calalWa snare the 'h!'gh- �_i wtn4ers+o�i p�appl+cable7 vertical vent Considerations Requirements Use a roof flashing and storm collar • Failure to adjust the air shutter Whenever passing through the roof \� properly may lead to improper combustion which can create a use a fir atop hens,er passing i rough a ce+Yig safety hazard. Consult your dealer or installer if you suspect an improperly adjusted air shutter. Maintain a{nlnimum 1'125mm) Maintain rom vent to ny combustible • This heater has been tested at Use a support box altitudes ranging from sea level on exposed vent \ to 6,000 feet(1,800 M). In this testing we have found that the heater,with its standard orifice Use a thimble when Horizontal Vent passing through a wall Requirements burns correctly with just an air shutter adjustment. a mum Approved Caps thimble+ g for Wall • y`� i+ t; Vuq .Maintain a (25 earant e from ve nt to my m m bustlble. Horizontal Termination Approved Vent • Use Simpson Dura-Vent Direct-Vent Pro(or GS)*. *Other vent may be approved with this stove. Check with the vent manufacturer for details. • Vent Diameter is determined by vent configuration. Rear vent configurations with no rise use 8"(203mm) diameter vent,all other vent configurations use 6-5/8"(168mm). See Approved Vent Configurations on page 16 for details. • Installation instructions for Simpson Dura-Vent may be found at www.duravent.com Vent Installation • Slide the vent sections together and turn 1/4 turn until the sections lock in place. • Screws are not required to secure the vent. However,three screws may be used to secure vent sections together if desired. • High temperature sealant is recommended at the appliance starter section connection(use high- temperature silicone or Mill-Pac@). • If disassembly is required,at time of re-assembly check to see if the vent creates a tight fit. If it does not, apply high temperature sealant to the joints of the affected sections. • Horizontal sections require a 1/4" rise every 12"of travel Fa • Horizontal sections require non-combustible support every three feet(e.g.: plumbing tape) © Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Installation • qualified installers only) Gas Line Installation I The gas line must be installed in accordance with all local codes, if any; if not, follow current ANSI Z223.1 or NFPA 54 in the USA and the current CGA 8149 in Canada. I The heater and gas control valve must be disconnected from the gas supply piping during any pressure testing of that system at test pressures in excess of 1/2 psig (3.45 kPA). For pressures under 1/2 psig (3.45 kPA), isolate the gas supply piping by closing the manual shutoff valve. • This heater is designed for natural gas but can be converted to propane. Check the sticker on top of the gas control valve to verify the correct fuel is used (see page 4). • Leak test all gas line joints and the gas control valve prior to and after starting the heater. • The location of the gas inlet is shown below • A manual shutoff valve is required for installation (it must be located within 3' of the heater). T-Handle gas cocks are required in Massachusetts in compliance with code 248CMR. • This stove is shipped with a 16" long, 3/8"diameter flex gas line attached to an elbow on the gas control valve(see illustration below for location). The flex accepts a 3/8"flare fitting. �a e �\ Ger�et\\� 178mm 6-1/4" 5-3/4" 159mm 146mm 1 Gas Inlet Pressure • With the heater off, the inlet pressure must meet the requirements listed in the table below • If the pressure is not sufficient, make sure the piping used is large enough and the total gas load for the residence does not exceed the amount supplied. • The supply regulator(the regulator that attaches directly to the residence inlet or to the propane tank)should supply gas at the suggested input pressure listed below. Contact the local gas supplier if the regulator is at an improper pressure. Standard Input Pressure Natural Gas 7"W.C. (1.74 Kpa) Propane 13"W.C. (3.23 Kpa) ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Installation • qualified installers only) Optional Wall Switch or Thermostat Installation /A Do not connect 110-120 VAC to the gas control valve or wiring system of this stove. The switch must be installed by a qualified installer. This stove may be installed with an optional wall switch or thermostat. The thermostat(or on/off switch) wires will interrupt the burner circuit(see item "a" below). 1. If you wish to bypass the switch, connect the thermostat(on/off switch)wires directly to the green and white wires (see"b" below). 2. If you wish keep the switch (series)—re-align the wires as shown in item "c" below. NOTE: The on/off switch must be in the"ON" position for the thermostat(or on/off switch)to operate. QQ Burner Circuit Wires m POWER SUPPLY 0 00 Red m Black LL Green Red Z White Red O Black � a... 0 m O O O O O O 3 O O O ¢d 1 AA BATTERY MAIN COMFORT TRAY BURNER CONTROL ® Bypass Series Thermostat or —Whit- On/Off Switch El Thermostat or —Green —Gres On/Off Switch r a? —White 4 ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Installation • qualified installers only) Heater Placement Requirements • Heater must be installed on a level surface capable of supporting the heater and vent • Due to the high temperature,the heater should be located out of traffic and away from furniture and draperies. • When placed in a location where the floor to ceiling height is under 7 feet,the installation is considered an alcove and must meet the following requirements: The alcove floor to ceiling height must be at least 38-1/8"(968mm)tall - The alcove must not be more than 24"(610mm)deep before the ceiling returns to 7' (2134mm) The alcove must be at least 28-1/4"(718mm)wide • The heater must not be placed so the vents below or above the door, along the sides of heater, or along the back of the heater can become blocked. • This heater may be placed in a bedroom. Please be aware of the large amount of heat this appliance produces when determining a location. Floor Protection Requirements • When the stove is installed directly on Make sure these rubber tipped carpeting,vinyl or other combustible material bolts on each leg contact the floor other than wood flooring or a high pressure (they dampen any noise that may laminate wood floor, the stove must be installed transmit through the hearth). Do on a metal or wood protection panel extending not adjust with weight on the legs, the full width and depth of the heater (Minimum 21-1/4"wide by 16"deep). the rubber tips may tear. Electrical Requirements • Plug the stove into a grounded receptacle supplying a minimum 1.5 amps(120 Volts, 60 Hz, 180 watts). ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Installation qualified installers only) Top to Rear Vent Modification (continued) , r , Install the inner flue - assembly and exhaust cover plate. Make sure the attached gaskets are in place and form an air-tight seal. ` NOTE:Install the flue assembly with the diffuser to the bottom. r t , A , Install the outer flue assembly,cover plate,and gaskets. Make sure the «. gaskets are correctly positioned and form an air- tight seal. The flue cover with a cutout may be discarded. Use the flue cover designed for rear vent applications. © Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 10 Installation (for qualified installers only) Top to Rear Vent Modification Remove the cast iron stove top and flue cover to access the vent components (see page 29) NOTE Use a magnetic-tipped nutdityar on those screws-take Remove the outer flue care to prevent the screws from, assembly,cover plate,and failing into the intake channel. gaskets. Place the screws and components aside(for all subsequent slops). Inner Flue Assembly Remove the inner flue assembly and exhaust cover plate. Exhaust Cover Plate ADJUSTING THE DIFFUSER ON THE INNER FLUE ASSEMBLY Rear vent configurations with no rise require the diffuser to be bent to the#2 position.It is easiest Bend the round portion of the to adjust this component with the inner flue diffuser so it is bent(position#2). removed. See the directions below. DIFFUSER SIDE VIEW Bottom of inner flue assembly Before(Stock-Position#1) After(Position#2) Remove the Replace the diffuser. diffuser. OM� @ Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Installation (for qualified installers only) • 0 Installation Hints: • Recommended Optional Equipment Installation Order: --GreenSmart Remote --Blower --LP Conversion and other optional equipment • Install the logs last-they are fragile. • When determining the location of the stove, locate the wall studs (for horizontal penetrations)and ceiling trusses (for vertical penetrations). You may wish to adjust the stove position slightly to ensure the vent does not intersect with a framing member. • Fumes and smoke from the paint curing and oil burning off the steel may occur the first time you start this heater. This is normal. We recommend you open windows to vent the room. Stove Clearances k 3 M' kf N ; Straight Installations Corner Installations With this clearance the top vent is centered 8"(203mm)from the With this clearance,the vent is back wall, 14-1/4"(362mm)from centered 10-1/4" (260mm) the side wall. from the wall. 3-1/2" Min. 89mm 1"Min. 25mm Mfr.. 5" Min. ,. 127mm r . (See note above =. regarding rear vent configurations) 450 c Mobile Home Requirements • When the stove is installed in a mobile home, it must be bolted to the floor and the appliance grounded (use the optional blower with a grounded circuit or other suitable grounding method - current ANSI/NFPA 70 or CSA C22.1). ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 18 Installation (for qualified installers only) Packing List Additional Items Required • Propane Conversion Kit Vent(see"Venting Requirements"for details) • Log Set Gas Line Equipment(shutoff valve, pipe,etc.) • Touch-Up Paint • Batteries(4 AA and 1 9v) • Rear Vent Flue Cover • Intake Damper Plates(2) • Exhaust Restrictor Extender Plate Installation Overview See See "Vent "Clearances" Requirements" See "Gas Line Installation" See e Protection Requirements" ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Installation • qualified installers only) 0 Installation Warnings: I Failure to follow all of the requirements may result in property damage, bodily injury, or even death. I This heater must be installed by a qualified installer who has gone through a training program for the installation of direct vent gas appliances. I This appliance must be installed in accordance with all local codes, if any; if not, in U.S.A. follow ANSI Z223.1 and NFPA 54(88), in Canada follow B-149. I In Manufactured or Mobile Homes must conform with: In USA, Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standard, Title 24 CFR, Part 3280; In Canada, CSA Z240.4 and Gas- Equipped Recreational Vehicles and Mobile Housing. This appliance may be installed in Manufactured Housing only after the home is site located. I This stove is designed to operate on natural gas or propane (LP). I All exhaust gases must be vented outside the structure of the living-area. Combustion air is drawn from outside the living-area structure. I Notify your insurance company before hooking up this stove. I The requirements listed below are divided into sections. All requirements must be met simultaneously. The order of installation is not rigid-the qualified installer should follow the procedure best suited for the installation. Switch Box Installation The switch box is shipped detached on this stove. Attach it following the directions below. f+y,, a 3 tit',$ � s ai.,c w.`-• �l r a C Ao b a) Loosen the three screws used to secure the switch box. b) Loosen the three screws holding the wire cover. Remove the wire cover and place it aside. c) Slide the switch box into place and secure with the three screws. d) Slide the wire cover into place, making sure it does not pinch any wires. Secure with the three screws. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Specifications Features: Installation Options: - Ember Fyre'rm Burner for"Wood Fire"Look - Freestanding Stove - Works During Power Outages(battery backup system) - Horizontal or Vertical Vent - High Efficiency - Optional Thermostat or Remote Control - Residential or Mobile Home - Optional Blower for Quicker Heat Distribution - Convenient Operating Controls - Straight or Corner Placement - Variable-Rate Heat Output - Bedroom Approved - Accent Light Heating Specifications: Approximate Heating Capacity(in square feet)`...........500-850 with Blower, 500 to 650 Without Maximum Input(in BTU's)..............................................................................22,000 • Heating capacity will vary depending on the home's floor plan,degree of insulation,and the outside temperature. Dimensions & Weight: The flue collar protrudes 3-7/8" (98mm)behind the stove top The flue collar protrudes 1-3/8" 16" 21 1/4" 292mm 406mm 540mm (35mm)above the stove top 14-3/8"' 21-1/4" r 365mm 1 540mm f ! ti t 26-1/2" 673mm fr t r � r u w NOTE: Measure side,corner, and back Weight 130 Lbs.(59 Kg) clearances from the stove top. Electrical Specifications (including optional blower) Electrical Rating.............................................................120 Volts, 1.5 Amps, 60 Hz(180 watt) Fuel: This heater is shipped in natural gas (NG)configuration but may be converted to propane (LP)using the included LP conversion kit. The sticker on top of the gas control valve will verify the correct fuel. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Safety Precautions 5 • Do not place clothing or Light the heater using the other flammable items on or built-in igniter. Do not use near the heater. Because matches or any other this heater can be controlled external device to light your I by a thermostat there is a heater. possibility of the heater 0 Allow the heater to cool turning on and igniting any items placed on or near it. before carrying out any maintenance or cleaning. • The viewing glass should be • Never remove, replace, opened only for lighting the modify or substitute any part pilot or conducting service. of the heater unless • Any safety screen or guard instructions are given in this removed for servicing must manual. All other work must be replaced prior to be done by a trained operating the heater. technician. Don't modify or • Do not operate with the replace orifices. glass removed or damaged. • Operate the heater Instruct everyone in the according to the instructions house how to shut gas off to included in this manual. the appliance and at the gas If the main burners do not main shutoff valve. The gas • start correctly turn the gas p main shutoff valve is usually off at the gas control valve next to the gas meter or and call your dealer for propane tank and requires a service. wrench to shut off. • This unit is not for use with Do not throw this manual solid fuel This away. This manual has • Do not place anything inside Manual important operating and the firebox(except the maintenance instructions included fiber logs). that you will need at a later time. Always follow the • If the fiber logs become instructions in this manual. damaged, replace with Travis Industries log set. • Children and adults should Plug the heater into a 120V be alerted to the hazards of grounded electrical outlet. high surface temperature Do not remove the and should stay away to o grounding plug. avoid burns or clothing Don't route the electrical ignition.Young children cord in front of, over, or should be supervised when under the heater they are in the same room as the heater. • Travis Industries, Inc. grants no warranty, implied or stated,for the installation or maintenance of your heater, and assumes no responsibility of any consequential damage(s). ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 4 Safety Precautions • IF YOU SMELL GAS: T *Do not light any appliance ° Q * Extinguish any open flame *Do not touch any electrical switch or plug or unplug anything *Open windows and vacate building *Call gas supplier from neighbor's house, if not reached, call fire department • This unit must be installed by a qualified installer to prevent the possibility of an explosion. Your dealer will know the requirements in your area and can inform you of those people considered qualified. The room heater should be inspected before use and at least annually by a qualified service person. More frequent cleaning may be required due to excessive lint from carpeting, bedding material, etc. • The instructions in this manual must be strictly adhered to. Do not use makeshift methods or compromise in the installation. Improper installation will void the warranty and safety listing. This heater is either approved for natural gas (NG) or for propane (LP). Burning the incorrect fuel will void the warranty and safety listing and may cause an extreme safety hazard. Direct questions about the type of fuel used to your dealer. Check for a label on the flame adjust knob on the gas control valve (this is the best place to check). You may also check for a label on the gas control valve body. • Contact your local building If the flame becomes sooty, officials to obtain a permit �� dark orange in color, or and information on any extremely tall, do not installation restrictions or operate the heater. Call Ok inspection requirements in your dealer and arrange for your area. Notify your proper servicing. insurance company of this heater as well • It is imperative that control Do not operate the heater if compartments, screens, or it is not operating properly in circulating air passageways any fashion or if you are of the heater be kept clean uncertain. Call your dealer and free of obstructions. for a full explanation of your These areas provide the air heater and what to expect. necessary for safe operation. • Do not use this appliance if • Do not store or use gasoline / any part has been under or other flammable liquids in water. Immediately call a t qualified service technician he vicinity of this heater. to inspect the appliance and v v to replace any part of the control system and any gas control which has been under water. ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 Table of Contents Introduction Operation Introduction&Important Information...................2 Before You Begin................................................35 Safety Precautions Location of Controls............................................35 Safety Precautions..............................................4 Starting the Stove for the First Time...................36 Turning the Stove On and Off.............................36 Features & Specifications Comfort Control...................................................36 Features..............................................................6 Adjusting the Flame Height.................................36 Installation Options .............................................6 Accent Light........................................................37 Heating Specifications.........................................6 Adjusting the Optional Blower Speed..................37 Dimensions.........................................................6 Continuous Pilot/GreenSmartTM Pilot Switch.....37 Installation Normal Operating Sounds...................................38 Installation Warning.............................................7 Normal Operating Odors.....................................38 Switch Box Installation........................................7 Maintenance Packing List.........................................................8 Maintaining Your Stove's Appearance................39 Additional Items Required for Installation............8 Battery Replacement...........................................39 Installation Overview...........................................8 Accent Light Replacement..................................40 Installation Hints..................................................8 Yearly Service Procedure ...................................40 Stove Clearances................................................9 Troubleshooting Table........................................41 Mobile Home Requirements................................9 Wiring Diagram...................................................42 Top to Rear Vent Modification.............................10 Replacement Parts List.......................................42 Heater Placement Requirements........................12 Floor Protection Requirements...........................12 Safety Label Electrical Requirements......................................12 Safety Label........................................................43 Optional Wall Switch or Thermostat Installation..13 Gas Line Installation............................................14 Warranty Vent Requirements.............................................15 Warranty.............................................................40 Approved Vent Configurations............................16 Optional Equipment Intake Restrictor............................................16 LP Conversion Kit...............................................45 Intake Damper Plates.................................... 16 GreenSmartT"" Remote Control Installation.........48 Exhaust Restrictor......................................... 17 Exhaust Restrictor Extender Plate................. 17 Index Diffuser.......................................................... 17 Index...................................................................60 Vent Termination Requirements.........................24 Class A Chimney Conversion..............................25 Interior Masonry Chimney Conversion................26 Finalizing the Installation LeakTest............................................................27 Pilot Adjustment(if necessary)............................27 Air Shutter Adjustment(if necessary)..................28 CheckFlame.......................................................28 Face and Glass Removal....................................29 Log Installation....................................................31 © Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238000 Introduction Introduction We welcome you as a new owner of an Avalon Eden stove. In purchasing a Eden you have joined the growing ranks of concerned individuals whose selection of an energy system reflects both a concern for the environment and aesthetics. The Eden is one of the finest home heaters the world over. This manual will explain the installation, operation, and maintenance of this stove. Please familiarize yourself with the Owner's Manual before operating your heater and save the manual for future reference. Included are helpful hints and suggestions that will make the operation and maintenance of your new stove an easier and more enjoyable experience. We offer our continual support and guidance to help you achieve the maximum benefit and enjoyment from your heater. Important Information No other Eden Stove has the same serial number as Mail your Warranty Card Today, yours. The serial number is on the listing plate chained and Save Your Bill of Sale. to the gas control valve. This serial number will be needed in case you require To receive full warranty coverage, service of any type. you will need to show evidence of Model: Avalon Eden GS the date you purchased your heater. Do not mail your Bill of Sale Serial Number: to us. Purchase Date: We suggest that you attach your Bill of Sale to this page so that you will Purchased From: have all the information you need in one place should the need for service or information occur. Listing Details This appliance was listed by OMNI Test Labs to ANSI Z21.88 - report # 028-S-50c-5. The listing label is attached to the appliance near the gas control valve. A copy is shown on page 43. IAS (ICBO) Approval This appliance was listed by OMNI Test Labs - IAS # TL130. Massachusetts Approval This manual has been submitted to the Massachusetts Board of State Examiners of Plumbers and Gas Fitters National Fireplace Institute NATIONAL We suggest that our gas FIREPLACE INSTPIUTE' hearth products be installed and serviced by profes- sionals who are certified in ,L the U.S.by the National �+ Fireplace Institute'(NFI)as CERTIFIED NFI Gas Specialists. wmnflcorlifiN.ory ©Travis Industries 4091026 100-01238_000 �k Firestyles for Life • Direct Vent Freestanding Stove • Natural Gas or Propane • Vent Horizontally or Vertically } • Standard Residential • Mobile Home Approved Tested and Listed by 1 Omni-Test Laboratories, Inc. Featuring the ,, _ Burner Portland, Oregon Report#028—S-50x5 ANSI Z21.88, WARNING: If the information in these instructions is not followed exactly, a fire or explosion may result causing property damage, personal injury or loss of life. - Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use any phone in your building. • Immediately call gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. This appliance may be installed in an aftermarket permanently I�1� located, manufactured home (USA only)or mobile home,where .:: ,_.,.,, HOT GLASS WILL not prohibited by local codes. CAUSE BURNS. 00 NOT TOUCH GLASS This appliance is only for use with the type(s)of gas indicated on UNTIL COOLED. the rating plate. A conversion kit is supplied with the appliance. NEIMALLOWCHILDREN TO TOUCH GLASS. Eden GREEN SMART. Owner's Manual TRAVIS INDUSTRIES Installer: After installation give this manual to the home-owner HOUSE O F FIRE and explain operation of this heater. www.travisproducts.com 4800 Harbour Pointe Blvd. SW © Copyright 2009, T.I. $10.00 100-01238_000 4091026 Mukilteo, WA 98275 p� russ ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 40207898 VALLEY 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 1.430 s Jul 25 2013 Mi I ek Industnes,Inc. Sat May 10 05:42.44 2014 Page 1 ID:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5TC_QQzI Jyb-bmBYyFgOmgOZ4g18 sgK2Gg8eARzRWBK521 MzJUzI?zf 41-13 8-3-11 4-1-13 4-1-14 Scale=1:15.7 3x4= 2 6.00 F1 2 6 5 ST1 3 1 `f B1 0 0 C5 4 2x4 1.5x3 11 2x4 8-3-11 8-3-11 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.38 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow=40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.11 Vert(TL) n/a - n/a 999 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.08 Horz(TL) 0.00 3 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight:20 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud �Installation Tek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=249/8-2-11 (min.0-1-8),3=249/8-2-11 (min.0-1-8),4=44618-2-11 (min.0-1-8) Max Horz 1=-19(LC 6) Max Uplift1=-18(LC 8),3=-21(LC 9) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. WEBS 2-4=-358/115 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat II;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)1,3. 8)Non Standard bearing condition. Review required. 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/fPI 1. 10)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard p russ cuss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 140207896 VO4 VALLEY- 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 05:42:34 2014 Page 1 I D:oBwU rLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQzjJyb-tramsgi6711_t7GDGa8itjjyn PY9AfTdkUxRy3zl?zp 6-9-13 13-7-11 6-9-13 6-9.14 Scale=1:23.3 4x4= 3 6.00 12 10 9 2x4 I T 42x4 I I 2 T1 T1 5 1 q Bt .4 C= o 0 8 7 2x4 6 3x4 3x4 2x4 11 2x4 I 13-7-11 13-7-11 Plate Offsets(X Y): [3:0-2-0,0-2-81 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.31 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow--40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.10 Vert(TL) n/a n/a 999 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.11 Horz(TL) 0.00 5 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 ' Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight 36 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer [Installation REACTIONS All bearings 13-6-11. (lb)- Max Horz 1=-33(LC 6) Max Uplift All uplift 10D lb or less at joint(s)1,8,6 Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less at joint(s)1,5 except 7=464(LC 1),8=539(LC 2),6=539(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. WEBS 3-7=-379/67,2-8=-473/176,4-6=-473/176 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05; 100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf;BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat.II;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)1,8,6. 8)Non Standard bearing condition. Review required. 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 10)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard p �111ulss Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA VALLEY 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 05:42:54 2014 Page 1 I D:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5TO_QQz1Jyb-IhoK2fyfQuG8HCo3RnVOgxYKnTMrshWaLbnUgvzl?zV 9-5-13 18-11-11 9-5-13 35-14 Scale=1:32.5 4x4= 3 6.00 F1 2 2x4 11 2x4 11 4 2 T T ST 5 1 Y B1 B1 0 0 0 0 3x4 G 8 7 6 3x4 2x4 11 5x6= 2x4 11 18-11-11 1311-11 Plate Offsets(X Y): [770-3-0,0-3-01 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.50 Vert(LL) n/a - n/a 999 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow--40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.17 Vert(TL) n/a - n/a 999 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.16 Horz(TL) 0.00 5 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 * Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight:54 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer [Installation guide. REACTIONS All bearings 18-10-11. (lb)- Max Horz 1=47(LC 7) Max Uplift All uplift 100 lb or less atjoint(s)1,5,8,6 Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less atjoint(s)except 1=278(LC 1),5=278(LC 1),7=369(LC 1),8=794(LC 2), 6=794(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. WEBS 3-7=-316/3,2-8=-6691219,4-6=-669/219 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat.II;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered far this design. 4)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)*This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)1,5,8,6. 8)Non Standard bearing condition. Review required. 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 10)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard p f ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 789B LEY 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 05:43:04 2014 Page 1 I D:oBwU rLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQzlJyb-?cO6944x3zXjTkZ_1 thk4272eVn0C BK2e8C00Kzl?zL 12-1-13 22-1-13 12-1-13 10-0-0 4x4= Scale=1:40.3 4 6.00 12 3 5 14 6 2 T 7 T I n LJ 1 d B1 I t 1 62 i 3x4 13 12 11 10 9 8 5x6= 22-1-13 22113 Plate Offsets(X Y) [470-2-0,0-2-41,[11:0-3-0,0-3-0] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.41 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow=40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.18 Vert(TL) n/a n/a 999 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.27 Horz(TL) 0.00 8 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 Code IRC2009/TP12007 (Matrix) Weight:71 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 - LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer [installation guide. REACTIONS All bearings 22-1-5. (lb)- Max Horz 1=70(LC 8) Max Uplift All uplift 100 lb or less atjoint(s)1,12,13, 10,9 Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less atjoint(s)1,8 except 11=648(LC 1),12=723(LC 2),13=546(LC 1), 10=775(LC 3),9=419(LC 1) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. WEBS 4-11=-387/0,3-12=-567/180,2-13=-461/171,5-10=-616/185,6-9=-370/147 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05; 100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat.11;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf--40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 5)All plates are 2x4 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 6)Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8).This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members,with BCDL=10.Opsf. 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)1,12, 13,10,9. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard p fuss cuss ype =tY Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 14020789B V01 VALLEY Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 05:41:55 2014 Page 1 I D:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQzIJyb-WLkOgU EfJmrvlh8njU uyZnVcFZgDlXysumv?t5gz10_Q 14-9-13 24-9-13 14-9-13 10-0-0 4x4= Scale:1/4"=1' 5 6.00 12 4 6 16 7 3 8 2ST ST 2 N v 1 O 3x4 15 14 17 13 12 11 18 10 9 5x6= 24.5-13 24-9-13 Plate Offsets(X Y): [5:0-2-0,0-2-4],[12:0-3-0,0-3-0] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.44 Vert(LL) n/a - n/a 999 MT20 1971144 (Roof Snow=40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.15 Vert(TL) n/a - n/a 999 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.42 Horz(TL) 0.00 9 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 ' Code IRC2009/fP12007 (Matrix) Weight:88 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer [Installation guide. REACTIONS All bearings 24-9-5. (lb)- Max Horz 1=106(LC 8) Max Uplift All uplift 100 lb or less at joint(s)1,13, 14,15, 11,10 Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less at joint(s)1,9 except 12=644(LC 1),13=807(LC 2), 14=571(LC 1), 15=467(LC 2),11=899(LC 3),10=473(LC 1) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. WEBS 5-12=-405/0,4-13=-566/178,3-14=-4611173,2-15=-403/148,6-11=-660/185, 7-10=-372/143 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf;h=24ft;Cat.II;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf--40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category ll;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 5)All plates are 2x4 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 6)Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 7)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members,with BCDL=10.Opsf. 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)1,13, 14,15,11, 10. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard p toss russ ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton�MA 140207896 T03 HOWE 8 1 Job Reference o tional Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 06:08:27 2014 Page 1 I D:oBwUrLP27EC?EO Wg5T0_QQzJJyb-vcwsorVGOvPdhoU hl EWuJDYEmQUiYroDsbe6zZzl?bY 1-57 55-0 11-2-0 16-00 2010-0 26-7-0 32-0-0 3357 1-57 550 S9-0 410-0 410-0 S9-0 550 1-57 Scale=1:61.3 44= 5 6.00 F1 2 3x4 3x4 Additonal DL for solar/pv panels 4 6 15 16 5x8 5x8 1 7 3 5 W 4 4x4 11 4x4 11 2 18 1 9 13 17 18 12 19 20 11 10 14 5x6= 3x4= 5x8= 3x4= 5x6= 8-" 16-0-0 24-0.0 32-0-0 &" 8-0-0 616:6 84-0 Plate Offsets(X Y): 13:0-3-8,0-3-41,[7:0-3-8,0-34] [10:0-3-0,0-2-12],[12:0-4-0 0-3-0] [14:0-3-0,0-2-12] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in floc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.76 Vert(LL) -0.2312-13 >999 240 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow--40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.54 Vert(TL) -0.4212-13 >906 180 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.88 Horz(TL) 0.12 10 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 ' Code IRC2009lrP12007 (Matrix) Wind(LL) 0.0712-13 >999 360 Weight: 154 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-6-11 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF 210OF 1.8E except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. W3,W2:2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud,W1:2x6 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 6-12,4-12,3-14,7-10 [MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 14=2443/0-5-8 (min.0-3-13),10=2443/0-5-8 (min.0-3-13) Max Horz 14=104(LC 8) Max Uplift14=108(LC 8),10=-108(LC 9) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-3251118,3-15=-2978/522,4-15=-2712/535,4-5=-2371/501,5-6=-2371/501, 6-16=2712/535,7-16=-2978/522,7-8=-3251118,2-14=-591/225,8-10=-591/225 BOT CHORD 13-14=-314/2535, 13-17=-230/2430,17-18=-230/2430, 12-18=230/2430, 12-19=-230/2430,19-20=-23012430,11-20=-230/2430,10-11=-314/2535 WEBS 5-12=-308/1524,6-12=-938/236,6-11=-25/267,4-12=-938/236,4-13=-25/267, 3-14=-2967/426,7-10=-2967/426 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat.II;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category If;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct--1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)*This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members,with BCDL=10.Opsf. 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)except(t--lb) 14=108,10=108. 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 10)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o fuss 7::T S ype ty Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 1402D789B G03GE LE 1 2 Job Reference o tional Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 Mi I eK Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 06:08:15 2014 Page 2 I D:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQzIJyb-GJCKHIMkDDvKFyZO2jl4gh27bbLikU DSSjkUYFzl?bk NOTES 12)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members,with BCDL=10.Opsf. 13)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)except 6t=1b)18=512,12=509. 14)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 15)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 16)Use USP HJC26(With 16d nails into Girder&10d nails into Truss)or equivalent spaced at 21-11-4 oc max.starting at 5-0-6 from the left end to 26-11-10 to connect truss(es)J02(1 ply 2x4 SPF),CJ01 (1 ply 2x4 SPF),J02(1 ply 2x4 SPF),CJ01 (1 ply 2x4 SPF)to back face of bottom chord. 17)Use USP JL26(With 10d nails into Girder&NA9D nails into Truss)or equivalent spaced at 2-0-0 oc max.starting at 6-11-4 from the left end to 24-11-4 to connect truss(es)J02(1 ply 2x4 SPF)to back face of bottom chord. 18)Fill all nail holes where hanger is in contact with lumber. 19)Studding applied to ply: 1(Front) LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1)Dead+Snow(balanced)+Uninhab.Attic Storage:Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:1-2=-114,2-6=-114,6-10=-114,10-11=-114,16-18=-20, 16-45=-60,45-50=20,14-50=-60,12-14=-20 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert:41=672(13)42=-275(8)43=275(6)44=275(6)46=-275(B)47=-275(B)48=-275(8)49=-275(B)51=-275(B)52=-275(B)53=-275(B)54=-672(B) 0 toss toss ype ty Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 1 0020789B G03GE GABLE 1 2 Job Reference o tional Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 06:08:15 2014 Page 1 I D:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQzlJyb-GJCKHIMkDDvKFyZO2jl4gh27bbLikUDS5jkUYFzl?bk 1-57 6 0 0 10-0-0 160-0 22-0-0 26-0-0 32-0 0 3357 1-57 6-0-0 440 6-0-0 6-0-0 1-57 4x4 11 Scale=1:66.0 6.00F1_2 6 Additonal DL for solar/pv panels Only one ply studded-face towards outside. 3x4 i 3x4 3x4 5 7 3x4 3x4 3x4 4 8 3 6 9 2 1-7,0,, 4 4x6 � ��� 1 5 5 1 W110 2W1 11 0 18 41 17 42 43 16 44 4546 47 15 48 49 50 51 14 52 53 13 54 12 4x6— 5x6= 3x4— JL26 JL26 8x8= JL26 JL26 3x4= JL26 5x6= 4x6= HJC26 JL26 JL26 JL26 JL26 JL26 HJC26 6-0-0 10-0-0 16-M 22-0-0 26-0-0 32-0 0 6 0 0 4-0-0 6-0-0 6-0-0 Plate Offsets(X Y) [2:0-2-12,0-1-121,f6:0-2-4,0-2-0],[10:0-2-12,0-1-121,[12:Edge 0-2-0] f`15:04-0,13-4-81 - LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.97 Vert(LL) -0.1715-16 >999 240 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow--40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.74 Vert(TL) -0-2915-16 >999 180 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.60 Horz(TL) 0.07 12 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 ' Code IRC2009fTP12007 (Matrix) Wind(LL) 0.06 15-16 >999 360 Weight:409 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. BOT CHORD 7x6 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud*Except* W7,W6,W2:2x4 SPF No.2,W1:2x6 SPF No.2 OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud REACTIONS (lb/size) 18=4456/0-5-8 (min.0-3-8),12=4442/0-5-8 (min.0-3-8) Max Horz 18=-104(LC 8) Max Uplift18=512(LC 7),12=-509(LC 8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-6097/689,3-4=-5782/660,4-5=-5598/676,5-6=-4617/566,6-7=-4617/566, 7-8=-5595/676,8-9=-5778/660,9-10=-6084/687,2-18=-4250/517,10-12=-4243/515 BOT CHORD 18-41=-138/508,1741=-138/508, 17-42=-630/5300,42-43=-63015300,16-43=-630/5300, 16-44=-564/5095,44-45=-564/5095,45-46=-564/5095,46-47=564/5095, 15-47=-56415095,15-48=494/5091,48-49=494/5091,49-50=494/5091, 50-51=494/5091,14-51=-494/5091,14-52=-527/5288,52-53=52715288, 13-53=-527/5288,13-54=-48/503, 12-54=-48/503 WEBS 6-15=-421/3325,7-15=1750/264,7-14=-153/1058,9-14=-282/92,5-15=-1754/264, 5-16=-154/1063,3-16=-294/95,2-17=-503/4906,10-13=-499/4900 NOTES 1)2-ply truss to be connected together with 10d(0.131"x3")nails as follows: Top chords connected as follows:2x4-1 row at 0-7-0 oc,2x6-2 rows staggered at 0-9-0 oc. Bottom chords connected as follows:2x6-2 rows staggered at 0-9-0 oc. Webs connected as follows:2x4-1 row at 0-9-0 oc. 2)All loads are considered equally applied to all plies,except if noted as front(F)or back(B)face in the LOAD CASE(S)section.Ply to ply connections have been provided to distribute only loads noted as(F)or(B),unless otherwise indicated. 3)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat.II;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise);cantilever left and right exposed;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 4) Truss designed for wind loads in the plane of the truss only. For studs exposed to wind(normal to the face),see Standard Industry Gable End Details as applicable,or consult qualified building designer as per ANSI/TPI 1. 5)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf--40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 6)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 7)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 8)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 9)All plates are 2x4 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 10)Gable studs spaced at 2-0-0 oc. 11)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. Continued on page 2 Job toss toss Type ty y Upper Ridge Dup�x Northampton,MA 140207898 CJ01 DIAGONAL HIP GIRDER 2 1 - -- Job Reference o tional Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 1006:05:42 2014 Page 2 I D:oBwU rL P27EC?EO Wq 5T0_QQZIJyb-EtS UARVm F Dd2OR N_a42C7QC2 BvCyOQkwvQAuh dz I?e7 LOAD CASE(S) Standard Concentrated Loads(Ib) Vert 7=13(F=-7,B=-7)8=-6(F=3,B=-3) 711,20789B Nss Truss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA CJ01 DIAGONAL HIP GIRDER 2 1 Job Reference o bona) Universal Forest Pioduds 7.430 s JUI 25 2013 M1 ek Ind-ries,Inc. Sat May 10 06:05:42 2014 Page 1 I D:oBwU rL P27EC?EO Wg5T0_Q QzlJyb-EtSUARVmF Dd2OR N_a42C7QC2 BvCyOQkwvQAuhdzl?e7 -2-0-11 6-11-6 2011 511 4x4 11 Scale=1:25.0 3 NAILE 4.24 12 NAIL 7 6 T1 3x4 11 2 1 W1 811 8 4 5 NAILED 3x4 11 3x4 11 NAILED Plate Offsets(X Y): [270-1-12,0-1-81,[37Edge 0 3 8] [570-2-0,0-0-8] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.71 Vert(LL) -0.08 4-5 >971 240 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow--40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.42 Vert(TL) -0.20 4-5 >391 180 TCDL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.00 4 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 ' Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Wind(LL) 0.03 4-5 >999 360 Weight:24 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. [MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 5=67010-7-6 (min.0-1-8),4=373/Mechanical Max Horz 5=96(LC 5) Max Uplift5=-96(LC 5),4=-64(LC 5) Max Grav5=688(LC 2),4=416(LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-5=-6321131,3-4=-333(75 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.OpsP,h=24ft;Cat.II;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise);cantilever left and right exposed;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf--40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)5,4. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/fPI 1. 11)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 12)"NAILED"indicates 3-1 Od(0.148"x3")or 2-12d(0.148"x3.25")toe-nails.For more details refer to MiTek's ST-TOENAIL Detail. 13)In the LOAD CASE(S)section,loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front(F)or back(B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1)Dead+Snow(balanced):Lumber Increase=1.15,Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:1-2=-100,2-3=-100,4-5=-20 Continued on page 2 o russ toss Type City y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 140207898 J02 JACK-CLOSED 12 1 0029 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 1006:05:01 2014 Page 1 I D:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQzlJyb-x_T_ZP02vdSsz7k5hzpayn0520GFHuauUYkDkVzl?em -1-5-7 5-0-0 _— 5-0-0 Scale=1:22.9 3 3x4 1 6.00 5 2 6 1-7-0 TI 3x4 I W2 2 1 W1 B1 4 5 2x4 I I 3x4 11 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.49 Vert(LL) -0.02 4-5 >999 240 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow=40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.17 Vert(TL) -0.05 4-5 >999 180 TCDL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) 0.00 4 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TP12007 (Matrix) Wind(LL) 0.02 4-5 >999 360 Weight: 19 lb FT=4% LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 5=478/0-5-8 (min.0-1-8),4=253/Mechanical Max Horz 5=97(LC 8) Max Uplift5=-39(LC 8),4=-45(LC 8) Max Grav 5=496(LC 2),4=295(LC 2) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-5=-458/173 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat.11;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)5,4. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/fPI 1. 11)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o Nss N55 Type ty y Upper Ridge Dupl40207898 J01 JACK-0PEN 4 1 Job Reference Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 06:04:47 2014 Page 1 I D:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQzlJyb-LldhddrGCJhd_gPsl ZIOgRiakUF?Y7gGMLTGJzl?f_ -1-5-7 2-10-15 1-5-7 2-10-15 Scale=1:17.8 3 6.00 F1 2 1-7-0 1 r- 6 3x4 I I 2 T1 � N m N 1 W1 B1 4 5 3x4 11 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.49 Vert(LL) 0.01 4-5 >999 240 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow--40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.15 Vert(TL) -0.01 4-5 >999 180 TCDL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(TL) -0.03 3 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Wind(LL) 0.01 4-5 >999 360 Weight:10 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 — LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-10-15 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. Z r that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 5=380/0-5-8 (min.0-1-8),3=91/Mechanical,4=20/Mechanical Max Horz 5=71(LC 8) Max Uplift5=-41(LC 8),3=-38(LC 12) Max Grav5=446(LC 12),3=107(LC 2),4=49(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-5=-391/143 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05; 100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=S.Opsf;h=24ft;Cat.11;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf--40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 8)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 9)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)5,3. 10)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 11)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard r 0� toss fuss ype y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 020789B T02GE GABLE 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 05:51:09 2014 Page 2 ID:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQz1Jyb-IwCSxwx9r ev9G8CxEuTEKYzb?KwLWjRA5CBXjzl?rm NOTES 14)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 15)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Job toss fuss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 207898 T02GE GABLE 1 1 ��� Job Reference o tional Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 05:51:09 2014 Page 1 ID:oBwUrLP27EC?EO Wg5T0_OQz1Jyb-IwCSxwx9r_ev9G8CxEuTEKYzb?KwLW1RA5CBXjzI?rm 124).0 24-0-0 25-2-{ r2-1 12-0-0 12-0-0 X2-1 4x4= Scale=1:59.1 8.00 Fiff 9 8 10 Additonal DL for solar/px4 wnels 11 3x4� �1 12 32 6 5 13 4 14 15 <15 15 3x4 i 3 3x4 IC 13 14 114 13 12 12 2 16 1 1 — 17 0 1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 5x6= 24-0-0 24-0-0 Plate Offsets(X Y)� [22:0-3-0,0-3-01 — LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.26 Vert(LL) -0.03 17 n/r 180 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow=40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.08 Vert(TL) -0.04 17 n/r 80 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.38 Horz(TL) 0.00 18 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 ' Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight: 135 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc pudins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 except end verticals. WEBS 2x6 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud*Except* WEBS 1 Row at midpt 9-24 ST6,ST5:2x4 SPF No.2 [�M�iTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer Installation vide. REACTIONS All bearings 24-0-0. (lb)- Max Horz 30=179(LC 7) Max Uplift All uplift 100 lb or less at joint(s)25,26,27,28,23,22,21,20 except 30=144(LC 6), 18-120(]-C 7),29=-141(LC 7),19=-125(LC 6) Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less at joint(s)29,19 except 30=338(LC 12), 18=338(LC 12),24=284(LC 1),25=389(LC 2),26=327(LC 2),27=267(LC 1), 28=282(LC 2),23=389(LC 3),22=327(LC 3),21=267(LC 1),20=282(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-30=-318/119,8-9=-75/297,9-10=-75/297,16-18=-318/100 WEBS 9-24=-259/0,8-25=-349/69,7-26=-287/91,10-23=-349/69,11-22=287/91 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf;h=24ft;Cat.Il;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2) Truss designed for wind loads in the plane of the truss only. For studs exposed to wind(normal to the face),see Standard Industry Gable End Details as applicable,or consult qualified building designer as per ANSI/fPI 1. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 7)All plates are 2x4 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 8)Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 9)Truss to be fully sheathed from one face or securely braced against lateral movement(i.e.diagonal web). 10)Gable studs spaced at 2-0-0 oc. 11)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 12)`This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 13)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)25,26,27,28, 23,22,21,20 except at--lb)30=144, 18=120,29=141,19=125. Continued on page 2 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 14020789B T02ASGE GABLE 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 05:50:51 2014 Page 1 I D:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5TO_QQzlJyb-gS6eAmjs4SMT?VmkuSZFWXpn91?x7JCn 11gEwmzl?s2 1-2-1, 5S0 12-0-0 , 1810 2310-0 5-8-0 6-" 6-4-0 5 6 0 4x10 11 Scale=1:58.0 8.00 12 5 Additonal DL for solar/pv parftl5 33 34 4x4,i 4 4x4 3 6 4x10 11 1�i x10 II 4x4 I 1 4x4 1 7 2 1 1 Ir 11 10 9 8 1 3x6= 8x8= 10x12= 3x6= 8-0-0 16-0-0 2310-0 B-0-0 8-0-0 7-10-0 Plate Offsets(X Y): [2:0-2-15,0-0-0] [10:0-1-0,0-1-12],[11:0-2-12.0-1-8] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.71 Vert(LL) -0.27 9-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow=40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.77 Vert(TL) -0.39 9-10 >732 180 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.64 Horz(TL) 0.06 8 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009ITP12007 (Matrix) Wind(LL) 0.03 9-10 >999 360 Weight:173 lb FT=4% LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-1-9 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. W4:2x4 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-11,6-8 OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud'Except' MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing ST7:2x4 SPF No.2 be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 11=1831/0-5-8 (min.G-2-14),8=1664/0-3-8 (min.0-2-10) Max Horz 11=196(LC 7) Max Uplift11=76(LC 8),8=-31(LC 9) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-326/136,3-4=-1851/305,4-33=-1702/315,5-33=-1636/337,5-34=-1627/336, 6-34=-1843/304,6-7=-278/89,2-11=-539/192,7-8=327/94 BOT CHORD 10-11=-149/1509,10-35=-13/1111,35-36=-13/1111,9-36=-13/1111,8-9=-146/1494 WEBS 3-10=-420/208,5-10=-112!704,5-9=-109/699,6-9=-416/204,3-11=-1844/139, 6-8=-1881/187 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat.II;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2) Truss designed for wind loads in the plane of the truss only. For studs exposed to wind(normal to the face),see Standard Industry Gable End Details as applicable,or consult qualified building designer as per ANSI(TPI 1. 3)TOLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 7)All plates are 2x4 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 8)Gable studs spaced at 2-0-0 oc. 9)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 10)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members,with BCDL=10.0psf. 11)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)11,8. 12)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 13)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard �b �To fuss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 140207896 COMMO N 13 1 Job Reference(ootionall Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 05:50:43 2014 Page 1 1 D:OBWUrLP27EC?EO Wg5T0_QQzJJyb-3wddU 1 drz?Mb2H8CQnQN BrTPAWH3FiDcB3upeEzl?sA 1-2-1 SS-0 12-0-0 18-4-0 23-10-0 1-2-1 5 8 0 6-4-0 640 5 6 0 4x6= Scale=1:57.7 8.00 12 5 Additonal DL for solar/pv panels x4 i 12 13 4x4 i 4 44 3 6 a. 4 4x4 11 4x4 11 7 i 2 r; 11 10 14 15 9 8 3x6= 3x4= 5x6= 3x6= 8-0-0 16-0-0 23-10-0 8-0-0 8-0.0 7-10-0 Plate Offsets(X,Y): [2:0-2-15,0-0-0] [9:0-3-0,0-3-41,111:0-2-12,0-1-81 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.71 Vert(LL) -0.27 9-10 >999 240 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow--40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.77 Vert(TL) -0.39 9-10 >732 180 BCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.64 Horz(TL) 0.06 8 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 * BCDL 10.0 Code IRC200971-PI2007 (Matrix) Wind(LL) 0.03 9-10 >999 360 Weight: 114 Ib FT=4% LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-1-9 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. W4:2x4 SPF No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 3-11,6-8 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer REACTIONS (lb/size) 11=1831/0-5-8 (min.0-2-14),8=1664/0-3-8 (min.0-2-10) Installation guide. Max Horz 11=196(LC 7) Max Upliftl 1=-76(LC 8),8=-31(LC 9) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-326/136,3-4=-1851/305,4-12=-1702/315,5-12=-1636/337,5-13=-1627/336, 6-13=-1843/304,6-7=-278/89,2-11=-539/192,7-8=327/94 BOT CHORD 10-11=-149/1509,10-14=-13/1111,14-15=-13/1111,9-15=-13/1111,8-9=-146/1494 WEBS 3-10=-420/208,5-10=-112!704,5-9=-109/699,6-9=-416/204,3-11=-1844/139, 6-8=-1881/187 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf;BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat.II;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7)*This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members,with BCDL=10.Opsf. 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)11,8. 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/rPI 1. 10)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard low 1%.A 12%.f ow low 1w I I V I V ll%.F I low I 11%.f 1%.0 low so tro co zo IL IL ------ ---------------------------- --------------------------------------------- ----------- --- ------------- ---- ---------------------------------------------------------- 0 O Job — toss �ype �Uppeir dge Duplex Northampton,MA 14020789B TO4GE GA �����y erence o tionalUniversal Forest Produds . s ul 25 2013 MTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 05:31:10 2014 Page 1 ID:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQzIJyb-vFFBIxR3Dba1 pOzmCwtJ811O3zg66vHyyS3FEyjz108V 1.2$ 12-0-0 24-0-0 25 2-8 1-2 8 12-0-0 12-0-0 1-2 8 4x4= Scale=1:48.6 8 Additonal DL for solar/pv panels 7 9 7.00 12 6 10 z 2s 7 11 5 12 4 13 3 14 m m 2 15I� 1 ° 3x4= 3x4= 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 5x6= 24-0-0 24-0-0 Plate Offsets X Y: [19:0-3-0,0-3-01 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 027 Vert(LL) -0.02 15 n/r 180 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow--40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.10 Vert(TL) -0.03 15 n/r 80 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.25 Horz(TL) 0.00 14 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 Code IRC20091TP12007 (Matrix) Weight:108 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc pudins. BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud [Installation Tek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer uide. REACTIONS All bearings 24-0-0. (lb)- Max Horz 2=-161(LC 6) Max Uplift All uplift 100 lb or less at joint(s)2, 14,22,23,24,25,26,20, 19,18,17,16 Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less at joint(s)21,26,16 except 2=371(LC 12),14=371(LC 12),22=378(LC 2), 23=335(LC 2),24=268(LC 2),25=276(LC 1),20=378(LC 3),19=335(LC 3),18=268(LC 3),17=276(LC 1) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. WEBS 7-22=-338/72,6-23=-295179,9-20=-338/72,10-19=295/79 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat.11;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2) Truss designed for wind loads in the plane of the truss only. For studs exposed to wind(normal to the face),see Standard Industry Gable End Details as applicable,or consult qualified building designer as per ANSI/TPI 1. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 6)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 7)All plates are 2x4 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 8)Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 9)Gable studs spaced at 2-0-0 oc. 10)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 11)*This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 12)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s)2,14,22,23,24, 25,26,20,19,18,17,16. 13)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 14)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o tossruss ype � y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,Ma 14D207898 T04 COMMON 10 1 Job Reference(o�5onal Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Sat May 10 05:30:47 2014 Page 1 ID:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQz1Jyb-4gMUT49edXgIZUjLMbzvjexz6P341skZA BWeYzl08s 1-2� 640 12 0 0 1748-0 24-0-0 25 2-8 580 64-0 1-2 8 4x6= Scale=1:47.4 4 Additonal DL for solar/pv panels 7.00 12 2x4\\ 10 11 2x4// 3 5 1 1 m 2 6 i 7 Io 9 12 13 8 3x8- 3x4= 6x6= 3x8= 8-0 0 16-0-0 24-0-0 r 8 0 0 8 0 0 8-00 Plate Offsets(X Y): [2:0-8-0 0 0 4] [4:0-3-0 0-1-121 [6:0 8-0.0-0-4j [8:0-3 0 Edge] [9:0-1-12 0-1-8] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) 1 1deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.95 Vert(LL) -0.26 8-9 >999 240 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow=40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.85 Vert(TL) -0.41 8-9 >700 180 TCDL 17.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.28 Horz(TL) 0.09 6 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 BCDL 10.0 a Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Wind(LL) 0.05 6-8 >999 360 Weight:89 lb FT=4% LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied. BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2*Except* MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing W1:2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=1813/0-3-8 (min.0-2-14),6=1813/0-3-8 (min.0-2-14) Max Horz 2=-161(LC 6) Max Uplift2=-83(LC 8),6=-83(LC 9) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-2672/308,3-10=-2371/332,4-10=-2185/358,4-11=-2185/358,5-11=-2371/332, 5-6=-26721308 BOT CHORD 2-9=-150/2146,9-12=-0/1425, 12-13=-0/1425,8-13=-0/1425,6-8=-150/2146 WEBS 4-8=-125/1039,5-8=-710/210,4-9=-125/1039,3-9=-710/210 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf;h=24ft;Cat.11;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf--40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category II;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 16.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load o1`40.0 psf on overhangs non-concurrent with other live loads. 5)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 6)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7).This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members,with BCDL=10.Opsf. 8)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 83 lb uplift at joint 2 and 83 lb uplift at joint 6. 9)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 Intemational Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 10)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard II7o TNSS fuss Type ty y Upper Rrthampton,M A 140207898 T01SGE GABLE 1 1 Job Rnal Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 Mi l ek Industnes,Inc. Tue May 13 07:31:00 2014 Page 1 ID:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5T0_QQzl Jyb-5JabjwH9_wvOuRvnfa5111TCY6X_Y7YDk51 QoLzH?69 4-9-6 8-10-8 12-11-10 17-9-0 4-9-6 4-1-3 4-1-2 4-9.6 4x4= Scale=1:31.0 4 5.00 Fiff 5 3 T1 T1 T 5x6 6 5x6 2 T 1 T 7 1 T T HW1 T T HWt w B1 Li LJ B1 Io 8 4x10 11 5x8= 4x10 11 17-9-0 L 8-1D-8 —� 8-10-8 _ Plate Offsets(X Y)' [1:0-3-4 0-1-9] [3:0-1-7,0-0-121,[4:0-2-0,0-2-4] [5:0-1-7,0-0-12],[7:0-7-11 0-1-9] [8:0-4-0,0-3-01 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.35 Vert(LL) -0.07 8-23 >999 240 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow=40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.49 Vert(TL) -0.17 8-23 >627 180 TCDL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.31 Horz(TL) 0.01 1 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 Code IRC2009ITP12007 (Matrix-M) Wind(LL) 0.01 8-27 >999 360 Weight:89 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer SLIDER Left 2x8 SP No.1 2-6-0,Right 2x8 SP No.1 2-6-0 Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=539/0-5-8 (min.0-1-8),7=539/0-4-8 (min.0-1-8),8=1053/0-5-8 (min.0-1-10) Max Horz 1=-36(LC 9) Max Upliftl=-5(LC 8),7=-9(LC 9),8=-53(LC 8) Max Grav1=557(LC 2),7=557(LC 3),8=1053(LC 1) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-523/0,2-3=-5251119,5-6=-525/119,6-7=-523/0 BOT CHORD 1-8=-103/550,7-8=-103/550 WEBS 4-8=-329/115,5-8=-596/190,3-8=-5961190 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05; 100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf,h=24ft;Cat.11;Exp B;enclosed;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2) Truss designed for wind loads in the plane of the truss only. For studs exposed to wind(normal to the face),see Standard Industry Gable End Details as applicable,or consult qualified building designer as per ANSVTPI 1. 3)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;Pf=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category 11;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct=1.1 4)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 5)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 6)All plates are 2x4 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 7)Gable studs spaced at 2-0-0 oc. 8)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 9)"This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 10)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 5 lb uplift at joint 1,9 lb uplift at joint 7 and 53 lb uplift at joint 8. 11)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSIfTPI 1. 12)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard L�121111 runs ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampt�MA T01 COMMON 4 1 Job Reference o tional Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 Mi rek Indus , ue May 13 07:31:12 2014 Page 1 ID:oBwUrLP27EC?EOWg5TC_QQzJ Jyb-Idl7E1RhAcQhKHg5M61ZEHyFWxdoLYW Vyx3CfzH?5z ,-gam 8-10-8 12-11-10 17-9-0 4-9-6 4-1-3 4-1-2 4.9-6 4x4= Scale=1:31.0 4 5.00 12 2x4� 2x4 3 5 T1 T1 5x6 5�- 6 5x6 2 1 7 1 H HW1 a B1 B1 d 6 4x10 11 5x8= 4x10 11 8-10-8 17-9-0 8-10-8 8 10� Plate Offsets(X Y): [1:0-34,0-1-9],14:0-2-0,0-2-4],[7:0-7-11,0-1-9],[8:0-4-0,0- 01 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.35 Vert(LL) -0.07 8-11 >999 240 MT20 197/144 (Roof Snow--40.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.49 Vert(TL) -0.17 8-11 >627 180 TCDL 10.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.31 Horz(TL) 0.01 1 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 Code IRC2009/TP12007 (Matrix-M) Wind(LL) 0.01 8-15 >999 360 Weight:73 lb FT=4% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing SLIDER Left 2x8 SP No.1 2-6-0,Right 2x8 SP No.1 2-6-0 [be installed during truss erection,in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=539/0-5-8 (min.0-1-8),7=539/0-4-8 (min.0-1-8),8=1053/0-5-8 (min.0-1-10) Max Horz 1=-36(LC 9) Max Uplittl=-54(LC 8),7=-59(LC 9),8=-154(LC 8) Max Grav1=557(LC 2),7=557(LC 3),8=1053(LC 1) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-523113,2-3=-525/177,5-6=-525/177,6-7=-523/13 BOT CHORD 1-8=-136/550,7-8=-136/550 WEBS 4-8=-329/144,5-8=-596/258,3-8=-596/258 NOTES 1)Wind:ASCE 7-05;100mph;TCDL=5.Opsf,BCDL=5.Opsf;h=24ft;Cat.II;Exp B;partially;MWFRS(low-rise)and C-C Exterior(2) zone;cantilever left and right exposed;C-C for members and forces&MWFRS for reactions shown;Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2)TCLL:ASCE 7-05;K=40.0 psf(flat roof snow);Category 11;Exp B;Partially Exp.;Ct--1.1 3)Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 5)This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6)'This truss has been designed for a live load of 20.Opsf on the bottom chord in all areas where a rectangle 3-6-0 tall by 2-0-0 wide will fit between the bottom chord and any other members. 7)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 54 lb uplift at joint 1,59 lb uplift at joint 7 and 154 lb uplift at joint 8. 8)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 9)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard REQ.QUOTE DATE / / ORDER# ORDER DATE / / QUOTE# 14020789B DELIVERY DATE / / CUSTOMER ACCT# LMCWRKMI DATE OF INVOICE / / CUSTOMER PO# ORDERED BY Andy Clo ston INVOICE t- UFP Belchertown, LLC TERMS 155 Bay Road,PO Box 945,Belchertown,MA.01007 SUPERINTENDENT SALESAEP Brian Tetreault Phone:413-323-7247 Fax:413-323-5257 JOBSITE PHONE# ( ) - SALES ARE ,,� Massachusetts/ R.K. Miles-Hatfield JOB NAME:Upper Ridge Duplex LOT# IBDIV: 24 West St MODEL:Village Hill-Wright TAG: JOB CAT P60 Residential Hatfield,MA 01038 DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS: (413)247-8314 01 N t JUSAlA v Nl`� t` V P� Village Hill-Wright Builders SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: i `Based on 5/15/14 Permit Set.'Review plumbring hits and vertical chases at ord". Northampton,MA BY DATE WING DEPARTMENT OVERHANG INF RETURN HEEL HEIGHT 00-04-03 REQ.LAYOUTS REtt.ENGINEERING QUOTE BT1 05/15/14 If Trusses END CUT % LAYOUT SQUARE NO GABLE STUDS 24 IN.OC NONE CUTTING I BT1 05/15/14 LOADING TOLL-TCDL-BCLL-BCDL STRESS INCR. 'OOF TRUSSES ROOF TRUSSrSPACING:24.0 IN.O.C.(TYP.) INFORMATION 40.0,10.0,0.0,10.0 1.15 'ROFILE QTY1 PITCH TYPE BASE O/A LUMBER OVERHANG�> I LEVER I STUB UNIT TOTAL PLY I ID SPAN SPAN TOP BOTEFf'% RIGHT LEFT RIGHT PRICE PRICE DIAGONAL HIP 2 4.24 0.00 CJ01 06-11-06 06-11-06 2 X 4 2 X 4 02-00-11 .aR1A, 1 GABLE , �LC61d71k� 2 Ply 6.00 0.00 G03GE 32-00-00 32-00-00 2 X 4 2 X 6 01-05-07 01 05 07_, „ JACK-OPEN 4 6.00 0.00 J01 02-10-15 02-10-15 2 X 4 2 X 4 01-05-0"""i' 1 05 0 JACK-CLOSED ' B� - 12 6.00 0.00 J02 05-00-00 05-00-00 2 X 4 2 X 4 014-07 COMMON 4 5.00 0.00 T01 17-09-00 17-09-00 2 X 4 2 X 4 GABLE ` 1 5.00 0.00 T01 SG E 17-09-00 17-09-00 2 X 4 2?I 41.4" COMMON 13 8.00 0.00 T02A 23-10-00 23-10-00 2 X 4,2X 4 01-02-PI �r910�, GABLE h 1 8.00 0.00 T02ASGE 23-10-00 23-10-00 2 X 4 2 .rfhw GABLE flllllllh 1 8.00 0.00 T02GE 24-00-00 24-00-00--1'[ :' 2` 4 -02-01 01-02-01 HOWE 8 6.00 0.00 T03 32-00-00 32-00 00 211> X 4 01-05-07 01-05-07 ill\ COMMON "y v� 10 7.00 0.001 T04 24-00-00 24 13Q-1 2 ",'4 01-02-08 01-02-08 GABLE •a� +� 2 7.00 0.00 T04GE 24-00-00 4 Qp 2 X' 2 X 4 Ot-02-08 01-02-08 VALLEY 1 6.00 0.00 Vol 24-09-OS 24-09 135 '4 2 X 4 VALLEY _L_LL� 1 6.00 0.00 V02 22-01, Q1 05 2 X 4 2 X 4 VALLEY =' 1 6.00 0.00 V03 t&1{1,11 18 10 11 2 X 4 2 X 4 VALLEY 1 6.00 0.00 VO4 13-0 -": ;3-06-11 2 X 412 X 4 VALLEYf 1 6.00 0.00 V05 1 -_11 08-02-11 2 X 4 2 X 4 .; ".M ROOF SUB-TOTAL: ��. FLOOR TRUSS SPACING:24.0 IN.O.C.(TYP.) 1.00 LOOR QTY DEPTH BASE , END TYP INT BEARING CANTILEVER STUB UNIT TOTAL 30FILE PLY ID AN SPAN LEFT RIGHT SIZE LOCATION LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT PRICE PRICE o � No „o ,zz n +70 toss cuss yTpe ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 14020789B F27 Floor 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 Mi-rek Industnes,Inc. Thu May 15 13:31:15 2014 Page 1 ID:fHc8V92 13akXXdJpcMbszzkuwz-CZOUA95t x8AYs?oDiWnmx2BCz?zovJPPjDWwGzGFeQ 0-1-8 2.6.0 2-3-4 1-2-8 , 1-5-8 0-11-0 H r �� Scale=1:32.8 3x4= 3x4 II 3x4= 1.5x3 II 3x6= 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 1.5x3 II 3x6 FP= 1.5x3 II 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 qq Y 18 16 15 14 13 3x6= 3x8= 3x6= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 3x6 FP= 3x6= 3x4= 10-9-12 7-9A 7-1812 9-2-12 9-11-8 10-8-4 19-241 1%-5,12 4 7-9 0.1 1-4-0 OS-12 08-12 8-0-8 0.3-8 0-1-8 Plate Offsets(X Y): [5:0-1-8 Edge] [15:0-1-8 Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.99 Vert(LL) -0.22 13-15 >650 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.87 Vert(TL) -0.37 13-15 >374 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.42 Horz(TL) 0.03 12 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TP12007 (Matrix) Weight:77 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied, except end verticals. BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF 210OF 1.8E(flat)*Except` BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing, Except: 62:2x4 SPF No.2(flat) 6-0-0 oc bracing:17-18. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) REACTIONS (lb/size) 19=447/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8), 12=691/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8), 17=1176/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8) Max Grav 19=455(LC 5), 12=704(LC 3),17=1176(LC 1) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-707/0,3-4=-707/0,5-6=-1067/0,6-7=-1067/0,7-8=-1769/0,8-9=-1769/0, 9-10=-1769/0 BOT CHORD 18-19=0/668,16-17=0/1067,15-16=0/1067,14-15=0/1524,13-14=0/1524,12-13=0/1195 WEBS 5-16=01399,6-15=0/383,4-17=-511/0,2-19=-73510,3-18=-268/0,4-18=0/848, 5-17=-1403/0, 10-12=-1321/0,10-13=0/635,7-13=0/309,7-15=-757/0 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 4)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 5)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 6)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. 7)Warning:Additional permanent and stability bracing for truss system(not part of this component design)is always required. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o Truss Truss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 14020789B F26 ]Floor 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 M11 ek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 13.30.05 2014 Page 1 ID:fHc8V9213akXXdJ pcMbszzkuwz-F690TDFyTRK696fL70GNxB8NY19VPFK6JgFpSJzG fW 0-1-8 2-" 0111T8 H ' Scale=1:20.0 1.5x3 II 3x4= 1.5x3 II 1.5x3 II 3x4= 1.5x3 II 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 0 Y RI 9 8 3x4= 3x4= 3x6= 3x6= 11-10-0 or17g 11&8 11&8 0-11 11-5-0 2 0-1-8 Plate Offsets(X Y) [8:0-1-8 Edge] [9:0-1-8 Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.37 Vert(LL) -0.10 7-8 >999 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.69 Vert(TL) -0.31 9-10 >443 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.40 Horz(TL) 0.03 7 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight:46 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 10=689/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8),7=689/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1706/0,3-4=-1706/0,4-5=-1706/0 BOT CHORD 9-10=0/1188,8-9=0/1706,7-8=0/1188 WEBS 5-7=-1302/0,2-10=-1302/0,5-8=01645,2-9=0/645 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 4)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSVTPI 1. 5)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 6)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 7)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o fuss toss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 1402078913 F25A FLOOR 13 1 Universal Forest Products Job Reference o tional 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 73:2906 2014 Page 1 ID:fHc8V921 3akXXdJ pcMbszzkuwz-Tl5j52XyMJuTaie?96iX1 kCEZz_g4QLQk9TBuEzGFgR a1-6 HI 1 10 1-5-8 (410:9 S le=1:40.2 1.5x3 11 4x4= 1.5x3 11 5x10= 1.5x3 11 4x6= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 3x6 FP= 4x6= 1.5x3 11 5x10= 1.5x3 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 26 3 27 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 46= 5x12= 4x8= 3x12 M18SHS FP= 1.5x3 11 1.5x3 11 5x12= 4x6_ 3x6= 4x8= 23&8 23ri" 23-Cr8 0-328 Plate Offsets(X Yp [8'0-1-8 Edge] [9'0-1-8 Edge] (16Edge 0-1 8] --- LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.62 Vert(LL) -0.53 20-21 >534 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.81 Vert(TL) -0.93 20-21 >306 240 M18SHS 220/195 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 1.00 Horz(TL) 0.13 16 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC20091TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight: 105 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 DF 285OF 2.3E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-10-6 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 DF 285OF 2.3E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 25=1409/0-5-8 (min.0-1-8),16=1409/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=3808/0,3-4=-3808/0,4-5=-6067/0,5-6=-6067/0,6-7=-6949/0,7-8=-6949/0, 8-9=-6604/0,9-10=-6026/0, 10-11=-6026/0,11-12=-6026/0, 12-13=-3809/0, 13-14=-3809/0 BOT CHORD 24-25=0/2107,23-24=0/5088,22-23=0/6640,21-22=0/6640,20-21=0/6604, 19-20=0/6604, 18-19=0/6604, 17-18=0/5090,16-17=0/2109 WEBS 8-20=-267/39,9-19=-7/428,2-25=-2471/0,2-24=0/2017,4-24=-1519/0,4-23=0/1161, 6-23=-679/0,6-21=0/450,7-21=-315/0,8-21=-295/747,14-16=-2474/0,14-17=0/2016, 12-17=-1519/0,12-18=011109,9-18=-1229/0 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 5)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 6)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 7)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Job NSS Nss Type iy y FiReference r Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 14020789B F25 Floor 1 1 0024 (optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 13:28:51 2014 Page 1 ID:fHc8V9213akXXdJ pcMbszzkuwz-Psh2xwMYui?cHk?7nTxOxa4oww2f3sADl KKvsczGFgg 0-1-8 H I 11 ��4:0:0,l 0-18 Sc21e=1:40.5 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 3x4=1.5x3 11 3x6 FP= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 �26 3 27 �9 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 3x6= 3x6= 3x6= 3x6= 1.54 11 3x6 FP= 3x6= 3x6= 1.5x3 11 3x6= 15-0-8 i 13-7-0 14312 2348-8 __._. 1 ' 137-0 1� 8-8-0 -3-8 012 Plate Offsets(X Y): [8 0-1-8 Edge] [9:0-1-8 Edge] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.07 Vert(LL) 0.00 17 "" 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.08 Vert(TL) -0.03 24-25 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.07 Horz(TL) 0.00 16 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC20091TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight:106 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 DF 2850F 2.3E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 DF 2850F 2.3E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS All bearings 24-0-0. (lb)- Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less at joint(s)25,21,20,16, 16 except 24=495(LC 1),23=461(LC 1), 22=374(LC 1), 17=505(LC 1),18=348(LC 1) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 4)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 5)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 6)Recommend 2x6 srongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. LOAD CASE(S) Standard �3i1 fU5S Truss Type ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 140207899 F24L GABLE 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 13:29:112014 Pagge 1 I D:fHc8V921 3akXXd;pcMbszzkuwz-giuc8mb5BrXmgpXzygiikovDw_uHlwb9uRAyZSzGFgM Scale=1:20.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 0 4 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 3x4= 3x4= Plate Offsets(X Y): 112:0-1-12 Edge) LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Well Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.07 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.02 Vert(TL) n/a n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress lncr YES WB 0.04 Horz(TL) 0.00 12 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight:42 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) REACTIONS All bearings 12-3-0. (lb)- Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less at joint(s)21, 12,20, 19,18, 17, 16, 15, 14,13 FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. NOTES 1)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 2)All plates are 1.5x3 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 3)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 4)Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 5)Truss to be fully sheathed from one face or securely braced against lateral movement(i.e.diagonal web). 6)Gable studs spaced at 1-4-0 oc. 7)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 8)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 9)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 10)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 7 14020 russ russ ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 7896 F23G Floor Girer 2 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 13:26:23 2014 Page 1 ID:fHc8V9213akXXd JpcMbszzkuwz-1015tJZilEMcW hg6OHJxMyPhGN901fRFIU3gBzGFL 2-6-0 1-10-8 1-&0 1-0-8 0 9-0 1 4 8 I' Scale=1:26.4 3x4 II 410= 1.5x3 II 3x4= 3x4= 1.5x3 II 3x8= 3 = 46= 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 0 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 3x8= 410= 1.5x3 I) 1.5x3 II 4x10= 412= 4x4= 74-8 11-1 B-10-8 1�14-1-4 15-7-8 1 1-0 r 7-4-8 0-9-0 0-9-0 5-2-12 -1-6-4 &&$ _Plate Offsets(X,Y): [4:0-1-8,Edge] [5:0-1-8,Edge] [9:0-1-8 Edge],[10:Edge 0-1-8] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.50 Vert(LL) -0.28 13-14 >671 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.71 Vert(TL) -0.49 13-14 >380 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.83 Horz(TL) 0.07 10 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight:63 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-D oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 10=1380/0-3-8 (min.0-3-0),10=138010-3-8 (min.0-3-0),16=994/Mechanical FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 10-17=-1372/0,9-17=-1371/0,2-3=-4107/0,3-4=-4107/0,4-5=-4642/0,5-6=-4407/0,6-7=-440710,7-8=-2429/0, 8-9=-2370/0 BOT CHORD 15-16=0/2524,14-15=0/4642,13-14=0/4642,12-13=0/4642,11-12=0/3178 WEBS 2-16=-2660/0,2-15=0/1673,4-15=-894/0,7-11=-985/0,7-12=0/1299,6-12=281/0,5-12=574/198,8-11=-602/0, 9-11=0/2614 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 4)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 5)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 6)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 7)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 8)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. 9)Warning:Additional permanent and stability bracing for truss system(not part of this component design)is always required. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1)Dead+Floor Live(balanced):Lumber Increase=1.00,Plate Increase=1.00 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:10-16=-20,1-9=-100 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert 8=-500 rlo,5:,,�8 ucu ss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA Floor 1 1 Job Reference o tiniversa Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 1512:59:53 2014 Page 1 ID:fHc8V9213akXXd_jpcMbszzkuwz-IVgOAeKMCi1 Cme75zSmSU35jKKkjrhl OewKwsl ZG&S i 2-6-0 I 1-148 1�0 I 2-2-8 Scale=1:23.2 3x4 11 3x8= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x8= 3x4 11 1 2 3 4 5 8 7 0 0 12 11 10 9 3x6— 8 3x6= 3x8= 1.5x3 11 3x6= 7-" 8-1-8 8-10-8 13-10-0 1 11-8 7-4-8 49-0 49-0 41-8 4-10-0 41-8 Plate Offsets(X Y): [4:0-1-8 Edge] [9:0-1-8 Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.34 Vert(LL) -0.2010-11 >811 480 MT20 197!144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.62 Vert(TL) -0.3310-11 >501 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.64 Horz(TL) 0.05 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight:52 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 12=823/Mechanical,8=823/Mechanical FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-3126/0,3-4=-3126/0,4-5=-309610,5-6=-3096/0 BOT CHORD 11-12=0/2015,10-11=0/3096,9-10=0/3096,8-9=0/2019 WEBS 5-9=-258/0,2-12=-2124/0,2-11=0/1174,3-11=-280/0,4-11=-378/307,6-8=-2129/0,6-9=0/1213 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 4)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/rPI 1. 5)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 6)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 7)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 7:1- runs runs ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 07898 F23 Floor 3 1 Job Reference(opt onal Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 12:57:10 2014 Page 1 I D:fHc8V9213akXXdJ pcMbszzkuwza8KOzvL6bdVKjbAmwjKDOhru 7 d659xtP93pLc)e[zGG8N 2-6-0 1-10-8 1 6 0 1--8 H Scale=1:26.6 3x4 11 4x8= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 3x4= 1.5x3 11 4x8= 1.5x3 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 L�1 R1 1 15 4 14 13 12 11 10 3x8= 4x10= 1.5x3 11 1.5x3 II 4x10= 3x8= 74-8 8-1-8 8-10-8 15-11-0 7-4-8 0 9-0 o-9-0 7-08 — —' Plate Offsets(X Y)7 [470 1 8 Edge] [5:0-1-8 Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.31 Vert(LL) -0.26 12 >713 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.58 Vert(TL) -0.46 11-12 >405 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.75 Horz(TL) 0.07 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TP12007 (Matrix) Weight:59 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF 210OF 1.8E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 14=940/Mechanical,9=934/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-3800/0,3-4=-3800/0,4-5=-4152/0,5-6=-3788/0,6-7=-3788/0 BOT CHORD 13-14=0/2364, 12-13=014152,11-12=0/4152,10-11=0/4152,9-10=0/2362 WEBS 2-14=-2491/0,2-13=0/1518,3-13=-261/0,4-13=-695/54,7-9=-2482/0,7-10=0/1507,5-10=-707/45 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 4)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 5)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 6)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 7)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 8)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o6------ fuss russ ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 140207898 F22 Floor 1 1 Job Reference o tional Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 12:52:55 2014 Page 1 a1-8 ID:fHc8V9213akXXd JpcMbszzkuwz-X5P_SiG9eGN WdPAI UgGQYwn BTg3?vbotWu3pBZzGGC M H 1 2-1-8 2-0-0 1-6-0 1-3-0 Scale=1:26.8 1.5x3 II 4x10= 1.5x3 II 3x4= 3x4= 1.5x3 II 4x10= 3x4 II 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 1 0 0 14 13 12 11 10 9 3x8= 4x10= 1.5x3 11 3x10 MT20H FP= 3x8= 1.5x3 II 4x10= 04 b 16-1-0 15-9-0 Plate Offsets(X Y): [4:0-1-8 Edge] [5:0-1-8 Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.81 Vert(LL) -0.32 13-14 >589 480 MT20 1971144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.67 Vert(TL) -0.56 13-14 >338 240 MT20H 1481108 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.81 Horz(TL) 0.07 9 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC20091rP12007 (Matrix) Weight:60 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-2-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 15=944/0-5-8 (min.0-1-8),9=950/Mechanical FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-3817/0,3-4=-3817/0,4-5=-4243/0,5-6=-3832/0,6-7=-3832/0 BOT CHORD 14-15=0/2264,13-14=0/4243, 12-13=0/4243, 11-12=0/4243,10-11=0/4243,9-10=0/2397 WEBS 4-14=-769/5,3-14=-294/0,2-14=0/1641,2-15=-2396/0,7-9=-2527/0,7-10=0/1516,5-10=770/19 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 5)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 6)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 7)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 8)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 9)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. 10)Warning:Additional permanent and stability bracing for truss system(not part of this component design)is always required. LOAD CASE(S) Standard �o�-- toss toss ype �t, y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 0017 14020789B F216 Floor 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 Mi l ek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 13:26:56 2014 Pagel ID:fHc8V9213akXXd_jpcMbszzkuwz-H kEZpbzP_N Ww_3i0YpN2mKp18ZfxdejlrwzJ KmzGFT 1-10-0 -I 14-8 1 [—aM 011F8 Scale=1:32.4 3x4= 1.54 II 3x4 11 4x10= 15x3 11 3x8= 1.5x3 11 1.5x3 11 1.5x3 11 3x6= 3x6 FP= 4x10= 1.54 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 22 0 l 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 3x8= 412= 3x6= 3x4= 3x8= 3x12 M18SHS FP= 3x8= 4x12= 19-1-0 1 Plate Offsets(X Y): [18:0-1-8 Edge],[19:0-1-8 Edge] 19-1-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.57 Vert(LL) -0.44 17-18 >519 480 MT20 1971144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.65 Vert(TL) -0.78 17-18 >296 240 M18SHS 2201195 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.96 Horz(TL) 0.09 14 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009JTP12007 (Matrix) Weight:81 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 DF 2850F 2.3E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 DF 2850F 2.3E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 21=1147/Mechanical, 14=1141/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-4062/0,3-4=-4062/0,4-5=-6029/0,5-6=-6029/0,6-7=-6029/0,7-8=-6036/0, 8-9=-6036/0,9-10=-4066/0, 10-11=-4066/0,11-12=-4066/0 BOT CHORD 20-21=0/2297, 19-20=0/5253, 18-19=0/6029, 17-18=0/6220, 16-17=0/5262, 15-16=0/5262, 14-15=012302 WEBS 5-19=-416/0,6-18=-163/329,2-21=-2516/0,2-20=0/1944,4-20=-1311/0,4-19=0/1135, 12-14=-2516/0, 12-15=0/1942,9-15=-1318/0,9-17=0/853,7-17=-449/73,7-18=-577/290 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 5)Refer to girder(s)for truss to truss connections. 6)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSIIfPI 1. 7)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 8)Required 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 9)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o fuss russ Type ty Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 140207896 F21AG FLOOR 1 2 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 13:12:07 2014 Page 1 ID fHc8V9213akXXdJ pcMbszzkuwz-pjOUEdCmLDW3gRE9zr-waEsV9rCl3ghMRQ77mdozGFwM 0-1-8 H 1i 1� �� a�� 1-5-8 1-8-8 Q 1 8 �Sddle=1:333 1.5x3 II 1.5x3 II 4x8= 1.5x3 II 3x6= 3x6 FP= 1.5x3 II 3x4= 1.5x3 II 3x4= 3 = 4x8= 1.5x3 II 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 13 i0 2 23 to 20 19 18 17 16 15 3x6= 4x8= 3x4= 3x4= 3x6= 5x16= 3x6= 3x10 MT20H FP= 16-2-12 19�8 1 1 16-2-12 3312 Plate Offsets(X Y): [18:0-1-8,Edge] [19:0-1-8,Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.36 Vert(LL) -0.28 16-18 >829 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.45 Vert(TL) -0.50 16-18 >473 240 MT20H 165/146 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.47 Horz(TL) 0.06 14 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight:176 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 DF 285OF 2.3E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 DF 285OF 2.3E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 21=1259/0-5-8 (min.0-1-8),14=1578/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=11504/0,34=-4525/0,4-5=-7239/0,5-6=-7239/0,6-7=-7239/0,7-8=-7239/0, 8-9=-7482/0,9-10=-7482/0,10-11=-5546/0,11-12=5503/0 BOT CHORD 20-21=0/2644,19-20=0/6016,18-19=0/7239,17-18=017553, 16-17=0/7553, 15-16=0/6804, 14-15=0/3157 WEBS 2-21=-2870/0,2-20=0/2084,4-20=-1631/0,4-19=0/1585,12-14=-3471/0, 11-15=-698/0, 10-15=-1359/0,10-16=0/747,8-16=-436/226,8-18=768/291,6-19=-449/0, 7-18=-151/390,12-15=0/2675 NOTES 1)Fasten trusses together to act as a single unit as per standard industry detail,or loads are to be evenly applied to all plies. 2)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 3)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 4)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 5)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-1 Od nails applied to flat face. 6)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 7)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 8)Required 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-1 Od(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1)Dead+Floor Live(balanced):Lumber Increase=1.00,Plate Increase=1.00 Uniform Loads(plf) Vert:14-21=-20, 1-13=-100 Concentrated Loads(lb) Vert:11=-500 r101 rus5 russ ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 0016 0207891 F21A Floor 10 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 13:07:23 2014 Page 1 I D:fHc8V9213aMd JpcMbszzkuwz-74s7dWmdDzkMloXaKzgzkzka7jJPH7ge6xKldGzGG_o 0-1-8 H 1-10-0 ; 1 le=1:33.3 1.5x3 11 1.5x3 11 4x10= 1.5x3 11 3x8= 3x6 FP= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x6= 1.5x13 11 4x10= 1.5x3 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 i0 2 1 23 to 20 19 18 17 16 15 3x8= 4x12= 3x6= 3x4= 3x8= 4x8= 3x8= 3x12 M18SHS FP= 1 19-6-8 19-1 Q-0 19-6-8 Plate Offsets(X Y): 18:0-1-8,Edge],[19:0-1-8,Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.58 Vert(LL) -0.47 16-18 >496 480 MT20 1971144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.65 Vert(TL) -0.83 16-18 >283 240 M18SHS 2201195 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.99 Horz(TL) 0.10 14 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009rrPI2007 (Matrix) Weight:84 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 DF 2850F 2.3E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 DF 285OF 2.3E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 21=1169/0-5-8 (min.0-1-8),14=1169/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Ccmp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-4185/0,3-4=-4185/0,4-5=-6380/0,5-6=-6380/0,6-7=-6380/0,7-8=-6380/0, 8-9=-0238/0,9-10=-6238/0,10-11=-4036/0,11-12=-4017/0 BOT CHORD 20-21=0/2359, 19-20=0/5432,18-19=0/6380,17-18=016517, 16-17=0/6517, 15-16=0/5366, 14-15=0/2316 WEBS 2-21=-2577/0,2-20=0/2011,4-20=-1374/0,4-19=0/1283,12-14=-2538/0,12-15=0/1908, 10-15=-1455/0, 10-16=0/961,8-16=514/0,8-18=-521/373,6-19=-362/0,7-18=-192/262 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 5)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 6)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 7)Required 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Ii 1 j `I _... p � �: ��l1�IVI�IIUIi�MVWNRA Pon, Com 1 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 14020789B F11GE GABLE 1 1 _ Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 09:54:45 2014 Page 1 I D:fHc8V9213akXXdJ pcMbszzkuwz-XVUkrQui9mY17ayDFaTalcl WtdkKD1 VOMkYB_AzGlpO Scale=1:18.8 3x4 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 I ST 1 S.T I Y 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 3x4 11 � 1-4-0 28-0 4-0-0 5-4-0 6-8-0 8-0-0 9-4-0 10-8.0 11-5-0 1�-0 1-0-0 1-4-0 1-4-0 1-4-0 1-4-0 1-4-0 1-0-0 a9-4 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.07 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.02 Vert(TL) n/a n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.04 Horz(TL) 0.00 11 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009ITP12007 (Matrix) Weight:40 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) REACTIONS All bearings 11-5-4. (lb)- Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less at joint(s)20,11, 19,18,17, 16,15, 14,13,12 FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. NOTES 1)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 2)All plates are 1.5x3 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 3)Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 4)Truss to be fully sheathed from one face or securely braced against lateral movement(i.e.diagonal web). 5)Gable studs spaced at 1-4-0 oc. 6)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 7)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 8)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. LOAD CASE(S) Standard toss Truss Type Qty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 140207898 F10 Floor 2 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MITek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 09.53.59 2014 Pa e 1 ID:fHc8V9213akXXd JpcMbszzkuwz-ufiLCiLr elgcWRNYweoQw7bc4whR8ednaPiNrz Iq6 0-1.8 H 2-" 1-11-4 "2 i-4 Scale:3/4"=1' 1.5x3 11 1.5x3 II 3x4= 1.5x3 II 2x4 II 6x6= 1 2 3 4 5 6 11 O 4 V 10 L 9 8 3x4= 7 =3x4= 3x6= 7-&4 8A-0 7-6-4 0-9-12 Plate Offsets(X Y): [6 0-2-2 Edge] [8 0-1-8 Edge] [9 0-1-8 Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.32 Vert(LL) -0.05 7 >999 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.46 Vert(TL) -0.27 7 >330 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.39 Horz(TL) 0.00 6 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/fP12007 (Matrix) Weight:34 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 10=445/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8),6=449/0-7-4 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-71210,3-4=-712/0,4-5=-712/0,5-6=-716/0 BOT CHORD 9-10=0/666,8-9=0f712 WEBS 6-8=0/780,2-10=-727/0 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 4)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 5)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 6)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 7)Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.500in. 8)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o toss toss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 140207898 F09 Floor 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Produc—ts 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 Mi I ek Industries,Inc. Thu May 1513:40:32 2014 Page 1 I D:fHc8V9213akXXdJpcMbszzkuwz-OkY23drFp4K8tT4rLBOPrPcSKVA4pg0O0teVzTzGFVj Scale=1:19.7 1.5x3 11 3x4= 2x4 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 0 Ll Y 11 10 9 1.5x3 11 3x4= 3x6= 3x6= 3x6= Plate Offsets(X Y): [2:0-1-8 Edge] [370-1-8,0-0-0],[10:0-1-8 Edge] _ LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.69 Vert(LL) -0.17 9-10 >803 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.63 Vert(TL) -0.30 9-10 >466 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.40 Horz(TL) 0.02 8 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TP12007 (Matrix) Weight:47 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 12=691/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8),8=691/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1026/0,3-4=-102610,4-5=-1746/0,5-6=-1746/0 BOT CHORD 11-12=0/1026,10-11=0/1026,9-10=0/1477,8-9=0/1200 WEBS 2-11=0/311,3-10=01481,2-12=-1346/0,6-8=-1315/0,6-9=0/604,4-9=0/315,4-10=-799/0 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 4)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/iPI 1. 5)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 6)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-1 Od(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 7)Warning:Additional permanent and stability bracing for truss system(not part of this component design)is always required. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o toss nlss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 140207898 FOS Floor 1 1 Job Reference o t 1 Universal Forest Products 7.430 s JUI 25 2013 Mi I ek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 09:39:19 2014 Pagel ID:fHc8V9213akXXd JpcMbszzkuwz-fMXNohrDFth1 G9F?5sRmLh6zLVW G805QgE8UrzGJ 1 s 0-1-8 2-60 1-0-4 , 1-" 011 2-34 H' Scale=1:32.6 3x4= 1.5x3 II 3x4= 1.5x3 II 3x4= 1.5x3 II 4x4= 3x6= 1.5x3 II 3x6 FP= 3x4 II 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 0 18 17 16 14 13 3x6— 3x6= 3x4= 1.5x3 II 4x6= 3x6 FP= 3x6= 3x6= 19 512 11-8-8 _ 7-9-4 Plate Offsets(X Y) [6:0-1-8 Edge] [17:0-1-8 Edge] — LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.75 Vert(LL) -0.1917-18 >729 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.73 Vert(TL) -0.33 17-18 >416 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.41 Horz(TL) 0.03 12 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TP12007 (Matrix) Weight:78 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF 210OF 1.8E(flat)*Except* TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, T2:2x4 SPF No.2(flat) except end verticals. BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF 210OF 1.8E(flat)*Except* BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing, Except: 62:2x4 SPF No.2(flat) 6-0-0 oc bracing:13-15. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) REACTIONS (lb/size) 19=691/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8),15=1149/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8), 12=462/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8) Max Grav 19=704(LC 2),15=1149(LC 1), 12=466(LC 4) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1802/0,3-4=-1802/0,4-5=-1058/0,5-6=-1058/0,7-8=-75410,8-9=-754/0, 9-10=-754/0 BOT CHORD 18-19=0/1229,17-18=0/1565, 16-17=0/1058, 15-16=0/1058, 12-13=0/691 WEBS 5-17=0/407,6-16=0/409,7-15=-461/28,2-19=-1347/0,2-18=0/634,4-18=0/299, 4-17=-794/0,6-15=-1398/0,10-12=-761/0,8-13=-267/0,7-13=01830 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 4)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 5)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 6)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 7)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. 8)Warning:Additional permanent and stability bracing for truss system(not part of this component design)is always required. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o toss fuss Type Qty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 0009 140207896 Truss Floor 12 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 1512:22:35 2014 Page 1 I D:fHc8V9213akXXd JpcMbszzkuwz-gyRyTOEXF441Gi1 zsRcdn7PBhAvOU Ue_OkBVJ3zGGeo 0-1-8 2-6-0 1-0 4 1 6 0 ,r 2-1-8 H 1 S e=1.39.9 1.50 II 1.5x3 II 4x10= 1.5x3 II 4x6= 1.5x3 II 1.5x3 II 3x4= 3x6 FP= 4x8= 1.5x3 II 3x4— 6x6— 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 i Tj 22E �0 I q Ri B2— 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 48= 4x10= 4x4= 3x4= 3x12 M18SHS FP= 4x12= 4x10= 9-0-4 9-9-010-&-4 22-11-12 3- 940-4 0.9-0 0.9-0 12-5-8 _ 8-1 Plate Offsets(X Y): [18:0-1-8 Edge],[19:0-1-8,Edge],[21 Edge 0-1-8] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.69 Vert(LL) -0.51 16-18 >541 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.69 Vert(TL) -0.93 16-18 >294 240 M18SHS 220/195 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.72 Horz(TL) 0.01 13 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009ITP12007 (Matrix) Weight:110 Ib FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 DF 2850F 2.3E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 DF 285OF 2.3E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 21=1368/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8),13=1373/0-7-4 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=457110,3-4=-4589/0,4-5=-6336/0,5-6=-6336/0,6-7=-6336/0,7-8=-5863/0,8-9=-5863/0,9-10=-5863/0, 10-11=-2591/0,11-12=-2575/0, 12-13=-2579/0 BOT CHORD 20-21=0/2647,19-20=0/5845, 18-19=0/6336,17-18=0/6435,16-17=0/6435,15-16=0/4545 WEBS 5-19=-58710,2-21=-2908/0,2-20=0/2139,3-20=-277/0,4-20=-1381/0,4-19=0/1037, 13-15=0/2839,10-15=-2146/0, 10-16=0/1457,7-16=-632/0,7-18=488/482 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 5)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 6)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 7)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 8)Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.500in. 9)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o toss toss ype ty y EJob idge Duplex Northampton,MA 1402078913 F06A Floor 3 1 ference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 10:03:34 2014 Pagel I D:fHc8V92 13akXXdJpcMbszzkuwz-YHyitJ l WZI BE5tuukATeEARoCs9Rg4vG?XBe30zGIh7 0-1-8 2-8-0 1-0 4 1-9-0 1 2-5-0 ; 2-1-0 H r � �i���� Ie-1:53.9 3x6 FP= 3x4= 1.5x3 11 1.5x3 11 6x6- 1.5x3 II 4x8= 1.5x3 II 1.5x3 II 3x4= 3x6 FP= 4x8= 1.5x3 II 4x12= 3x4 II 4x8= 3x4= 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 13 14 15 tP3 17 2 I4 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 3x8= 4x10= 3x4= 1.5x3 11 4x10= 3x10 MT20H FP= 4x10= 4x12= 4x10= 23-8-4 30-10-12 x_-12 23-8-4 7-2 8 9 1 Plate Offsets(X Y): [6 0-1-8 Edge] [25:0-1-8 Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.53 Vert(LL) -0.32 24 >886 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.57 Vert(TL) -0.55 24 >514 240 MT20H 165/146 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.84 Horz(TL) 0.06 20 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC20091TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight:147 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 OF 2850F 2.3E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 DF 285OF 2.3E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing, Except: 6-0-0 oc bracing:20-21,19-20. REACTIONS (lb/size) 27=1155/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8),20=2917/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8),17=-37310-7-4 (min.0-1-8) Max Uplift17=656(LC 2) Max Grav27=1159(LC 2),20=2917(LC 1),17=157(LC 3) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-3733/0,3-4=-3733/0,4-5=-4644/0,5-6=-4644/0,6-7=-4111/0,7-8=-4111/0, 8-9=-4111/0,9-10=-972/0, 10-11=955/0,11-12=0/4808,12-13=014808, 13-14=-110/1410, 14-15=-110/1410,15-16=-106/1411, 16-17=-109/1412 BOT CHORD 26-27=012199,25-26=0/4498,24-25=0/4644,23-24=0/4644,22-23=0/2836,21-22=0/2836, 20-21=-1614/0, 19-20=-3145/0 WEBS 5-25=-305/98,12-20=-279/0,2-27=-2415/0,2-26=0/1696,3-26=-256/0,4-26=-845/0, 4-25=-190/587, 11-20=-3528/0,11-21=0/2801, 10-21=266/0,9-21=-2057/0, 9-23=0/1418,7-23=-308/8,6-23=-938/0, 17-19=-1548/116,15-19=-317/0,13-19=0/1980, 13-20=-2296/0 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-1 Od nails applied to flat face. 5)Provide mechanical connection(by others)of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 656 lb uplift at joint 17. 6)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 7)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 8)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-1 Old(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 9)Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.500in. 10)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o fuss fuss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 0007 140207898 F06 Floor 1 1 _ Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 12:22:20 2014 Page 1 ID:fHc8V9213akX(dJpcMbszukuwz-m31 HKG37nTBtzPO4Unr6gyHe97mNTtwnZv3DIQzGGf1 0-8-4 1�0 r 2-0-0 I � Scale=1:40.7 912 f 1.5x3 II 1.5x3 II 1.5x3 II 5x6= 3x4= 4x8= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x4=3x6 FP= 4x8= 3x4—6x6— 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 I41� 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 4x10= 4x8= 1.5x3 11 1.5x3 II 3x6= 3x12 M18SHS FP= 4x10= 4x10= 9 1 22-11-4 23-9-0 — Plate Offsets(X Y) [670 1 8 Edge] [TO-1-8 Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.58 Vert(LL) -0.45 20-21 >603 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.76 Vert(TL) -0.78 20-21 >345 240 M18SHS 220/195 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.72 Horz(TL) -0.09 15 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009ITP12007 (Matrix) Weight:107 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 DF 2850F 2.3E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2x4 DF 285OF 2.3E(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. WEBS 2x4 SPF Not or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1340/0-7-4 (min.0-1-8),15=1340/0-7-8 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-2057/0,2-3=-2053/0,3-4=-2063/0,4-5=-496610,5-6=-4966/0,6-7=-5973/0, 7-8=-6238/0,8-9=-6238/0,9-10=-5002/0,10-11=-5002/0,11-12=5002/0, 12-13=-2065/0, 13-14=-2054/0,14-15=-2058/0 BOT CHORD 23-24=013739,22-23=0/5973,21-22=0/5973,20-21=0/5973,19-20=0/5778,18-19=0/5778, 17-18=0/3742 WEBS 1-24=0/2371,4-24=-1925/0,4-23=011422,6-23=-1375/0,6-22=01299,15-17=0/2373, 12-17=-1926/0,12-18=0/1460,9-18=-900/0,9-20=0/532,8-20=-329/0,7-20=-366/676 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/fPI 1. 5)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 6)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-1 Od(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 7)Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.500in. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 140207898 F 5GE Floor Supported Gable 1 1 JoUpper Ridge Duplex b Reference(optional)Northampton,MA 0006 Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MTek Industries,Inc.Thu May 15 09:21:50 2014 Page 1 p g ID:fHc8V92I 3akXXdjpcMbszzkuwz-sYe5L6_rGyjXh3Te21YR I7k?IUgF_oahCzd8A9zGJIF F-1 H Scale=1:18.9 3x4 11 3x4 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 L S L o I XQQQC �M" 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 3x4= 3x4= 11-5-4 11-5-4 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.07 Vert(LL) n/a n/a 999 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.02 Vert(TL) n/a n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.04 Horz(TL) 0.00 11 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TP12007 (Matrix) Weight:36 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. OTHERS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) REACTIONS All bearings 11-54. (lb)- Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less atjoint(s)20,11, 19,18, 17,16, 15,14,13, 12 FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. NOTES 1)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 2)All plates are 1.5x3 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 3)Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 4)Truss to be fully sheathed from one face or securely braced against lateral movement(i.e.diagonal web). 5)Gable studs spaced at 1-4-0 oc. 6)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSVTPI 1. 7)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 8)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Job rus5 Truss ype ty y Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 140207898 F04 Floor 1 1 Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 Mi-rek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 09:14:16 2014 Page 1 ID:fHc8V9213akXXdJpcMbszzkuwz-9C DT3tV3BS WyDIIOSxOzLOxM2UgccSZtpKe7ETzGJ PL 2-6-0 0-9-0 1 3x4 11 3x6 31 3x4 11 Scale=1:7.7 T1 W1 W1 VU2 W3 W1 W1 a B1 - 5 3x6= 3x6= 3-9-0 3-9-0 LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.31 Vert(LL) 0.00 5 "" 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.24 Vert(TL) -0.07 4-5 >571 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.07 Horz(TL) 0.00 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009ITP12007 (Matrix) Weight:16 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-9-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF No.2(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 5=210/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8),4=210/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. WEBS 2-4=-290/0 NOTES 1)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 2)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 3)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 4)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o Truss Truss Type Qty Ply Upper Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 1 140207896 F03A Floor 4 1 J Job Reference(optional) Universal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 MiTek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 12:21:37 2014 Page 1 ID:fHc8V9213akXXdJpcMbszzkuwz-Xox1 IZX9vFm_JocpTFZ1 Ru?lxo7LuBGSgi8RGQzGGfi 0-8-4 1 2-6-0 —i I 1-5-4 o- 0$i Dlirfl S le=1:33.0 4x6= 4x10= 5x8= 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x6= 1.5x3 11 2x4 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x6 FP= 1.5x3 11 rr 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 :III ILI o 7 rn& 1 21 ° 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 5x16= 3x8= 4x4= 3x12 M18SHS FP= 3x8= 1.5x3 11 4x12= 0-9-12 19-3-0 -� X0-9-12'— 18-5-4 - - Plate Offsets(X Y): [7:0-1-8 Edge] [8:0-1-8 Edge] [17:0-1-8 Edge] LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.59 Vert(LL) -0.42 17-18 >533 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.63 Vert(TL) -0.73 17-18 >304 240 M18SHS 2201195 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.98 Horz(TL) 0.01 13 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TP12007 (Matrix) Weight:82 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 DF 2850F 2.3E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 DF 285OF 2.3E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=1104/0-7-4 (min.0-1-8),13=1100/0-3-8 (min:0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-2744/0,2-3=-2740/0,3-4=-2774/0,4-5=-5726/0,5-6=-5726/0,6-7=-5425/0,7-8=-5425/0,8-9=-4731/0, 9-10=-4731/0,10-11=A731/0 BOT CHORD 18-19=0/4684, 17-18=0/5714,16-17=0/5425,15-16=0/5425,14-15=0/5425, 13-14=0/2859 WEBS 7-17=-45/657, 1-19=0/2891,4-19=-2007/0,4-18=0/1101,5-18=252/0,6-18=380/285,6-17=-868/83,11-13=-3006/0, 11-14=0/1978,8-14=-1134/0 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 5)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 6)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 7)Required 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 8)Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.500in. 9)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o Truss Truss Type Qpy y TJob Ridge Duplex Northampton,MA 14020789B F02 Floor 2 eferenc e(optional) Universal Forest Products - 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 M7ek Industries,Inc. Thu May 15 09:12:54 2014 Page 1 I D:fHc8V9213akXXdJ pcMbszzkuwz-ZRFTrgVeVGBaNhUdfjw105XIGQbLOD 1 oyann M DzGJQd 0-8-4 2 0�1011r8�0 �� 0_10_8 ral r S e=1:27.8 5x8= 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x6= 1.5x3 11 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x6 FP= 3x8= 1.5x3 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 LJ ' o 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 5x16= 3x4= 1.5x3 11 4x10= 3x8= 0 912 16-3-0 0 912 15-5-4 _ — Plate Offsets(X Y): [6 0-1-8 Edge] [14:0-1-8 Edgel LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.47 Vert(LL) -0.27 14-15 >695 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.63 Vert(TL) -0.53 14-15 >348 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.73 Horz(TL) 0.01 11 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009/TP12007 (Matrix) Weight:62 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SPF 2100F 1.8E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 SPF 210OF 1.8E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 11=920/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8),1=924/0-7-4 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-2244/0,2-3=-2239/0,3-4=-227410,4-5=-4045/0,5-6=-404510,6-7=-3693/0,7-8=-3693/0,8-9=-3693/0 BOT CHORD 14-15=0/3635,13-14=0/4045, 12-13=0/4045,11-12=0/2324 WEBS 1-15=0/2363,4-15=-1430/0,4-14=0/733,9-11=-2443/0,9-12=0/1446,6-12=760/42 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 4)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 5)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 6)Recommend 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 7)Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.500in. 8)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard o toss cuss ype ty y Upper R�Duplex�Nortl ampton,MA 14020789B F01 FLOOR 9 1 Job Real Uni versal Forest Products 7.430 s Jul 25 2013 Mi l ek Industnes,Inc. Thu May 1513:32:19 2014 Page 1 I D:fHc8V9213akXXdJpcM bszzkuwz-KtFgb2tOvcC5 Eiu5z9goMRhFEmvEoktg7hjv9YzGFdQ Scale=1:33.8 8-5-4 5x8= 3x4= 1.5x3 11 3x8= 1.5x3 11 1.5x3 11 3x6= 3x6 FP= 4x12= 1.5x3 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Io 19 0 18 17 16 15 14 13 5x16= 3x12 M18SHS FP= 3x6= 3x4= 4x12= 3x8= Plate Offsets(X Y) [14:0-1-8 Edge] [15 0-1-8 Edge] _. LOADING(psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 40.0 Plates Increase 1.00 TC 0.47 Vert(LL) -0.44 13-14 >520 480 MT20 197/144 TCDL 10.0 Lumber Increase 1.00 BC 0.60 Vert(TL) -0.78 13-14 >292 240 M18SHS 220/195 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.95 Horz(TL) 0.02 12 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code IRC2009ITP12007 (Matrix) Weight:86 lb FT=4%F,4%E LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 DF 2850F 2.3E(flat) TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins, BOT CHORD 2x4 DF 2850F 2.3E(flat) except end verticals. WEBS 2x4 SPF No.2 or 2x4 SPF Stud(flat) BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. REACTIONS (lb/size) 12=1128/0-3-8 (min.0-1-8),1=1131/0-7-4 (min.0-1-8) FORCES (lb)-Max.Comp./Max.Ten.-All forces 250(lb)or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-2822/0,2-3=-2818/0,3-4=-2853/0,4-5=-6016/0,5-6=-601610,6-7=-6016/0,7-8=-4918/0,8-9=-4918/0, 9-10=-4888/0 BOT CHORD 16-17=0/4840, 15-16=0/4840,14-15=0/6016,13-14=0/5904, 12-13=0/3037 WEBS 10-12=-3180/0,1-17=0/2973,10-13=0/1976,4-17=-2088/0,7-13=-1037/0,4-15=0/1464,7-14=-313/655,5-15=-310/0 NOTES 1)Unbalanced floor live loads have been considered for this design. 2)As requested,plates have not been designed to provide for placement tolerances or rough handling and erection conditions. It is the responsibility of the fabricator to increase plate sizes to account for these factors. 3)All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4)Attach ribbon block to truss with 3-10d nails applied to flat face. 5)This truss is designed in accordance with the 2009 International Residential Code sections R502.11.1 and R802.10.2 and referenced standard ANSI1TPI 1. 6)"Semi-rigid pitchbreaks including heels"Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. 7)Required 2x6 strongbacks,on edge,spaced at 10-0-0 oc and fastened to each truss with 3-10d(0.131"X 3")nails. Strongbacks to be attached to walls at their outer ends or restrained by other means. 8)Gap between inside of top chord bearing and first diagonal or vertical web shall not exceed 0.500in. 9)CAUTION,Do not erect truss backwards. LOAD CASE(S) Standard 11 ' 5 1 /4" F05GE 21011 i oll loll O foil foil i oil foil -T1 07 6 O o 31211 F A3 N O A, nil REQ.QUOTE DATE / / ORDER# ORDER DATE / / QUOTE# 14020789B DELIVERY DATE / / CUSTOMER ACCT# LMCWRKMI DATE OF INVOICE / / CUSTOMER PO# ORDERED BY Andy Clo ston INVOICE#'g UFP Belchertown, LLC TERMS ; 155 Bay Road,PO Box 945,Belchertown,MA.01007 SUPERINTENDENT SALE$,HEP 4'm Brian Tetreault Phone:413-323-7247 Fax:413-323-5257 JOBSITE PHONE# ( ) SALE A" ,.,;a Massachusetts/ R.K.Miles-Hatfield JOB NAME:Upper Ridge Duplex LOT# BDIV: 24 West St MODEL:Village Hill-Wright TAG: JOB CATEORY Residential Hatfield,MA 01038 DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS: (413)247-8314 0" Village Hill-Wright Builders SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 'Based on 5/15/14 Permit Set.'Review plumbring hits and vertical chases at ordet ` Northampton,MA BY DATE ILDING DEPARTMENT[OVERHANG INF HEEL HEIGHT 00-04-03 REQ.LAYOUTS REO.ENGINEERING QUOTE I BT1 05/15/14 )t Trusses END CUT RETURN LAYOUT x SQUARE NO GABLE STUDS 24 IN.01C NONE N0 1= CUTTING BT1 05/15/14 FLOOR TRU��.'SP ACING:24.0 IN.O.C.(TYP.) 1.00 ' FLOOR I QTYJ DEPTH BASE O/A END TYPE] INT BEARING CAN EVE .- STUB UNIT TOTAL IROFILE I PLYI ID SPAN SPAN -L—EFFFRIGHTI SIZE LOCATION LEFT" LEFT RIGHT PRICE PRICE 01-04-00 1 F24L 12-03-00 12-03-00 01-04-00 1 F25 24-00-00 24-00-00 01-04-00 13 F25A 23-10-00 23-10-00 01-04-00 2 ply F25AG 23-10-00 23-10-00 01-04-00 1 F25B 23-10-00 23-10-00 IFE 00-00-00 1 F26 11-10-00 11-10-00 _ 01-04-00 € 1 F27 19-05-12 19-05-12 x FLOOR SUB-TOTAL: TEMS QTY ITEM TYPE SIZE GTH PART NUMBER NOTES PRICE TOTAL 14 USP Hangers NE FTC13`:// Floor Truss Clip Single 4x2 2 I Hanger I HJC26 t 10 I Hanger I JL26 9 I USP Hangers NE TH03512D y ITEMS SUB-TOTAL: ACCEPTED BY SELLER ACCEPTED BY BUYER SUB-TOTAL _ Na> PURCHASER: r. -, BY: TITLE: 4 BY: ., ADDRESS: TITLE: PHONE: DATE: RAND TOTAL DATE OF ACCEPTANCE: G s REQ.QUOTE DATE / / ORDER# ORDER DATE / / QUOTE# 114020789B DELIVERY DATE / / CUSTOMER ACCT# I LMCWRKMI DATE OF INVOICE / / CUSTOMER PO# ® ORDERED BY Andy Clo ston INVOICE#_; UFP Belchertown, LLC TERMS 155 Bay Road,PO Box 945,Belchertown,MA.01007 SUPERINTENDENT SALES.REP Brian Tetreault Phone:413-323-7247 Fax:413-323-5257 JOBSITE PHONE# ( ) SALES'AREA� � s Massachusetts/ R.K. Miles-Hatfield JOB NAME:Upper Ridge Duplex LOT# UBDIV. 24 West St MODEL:Village Hill-Wright TAG: JOB CATGOR Residential Hatfield,MA 01038 DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS: (413)247-8314 Village Hill-Wright Builders SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 'Based on 5/15/14 Permit Set.`Review plumbring hits and vertical chases at ordE Northampton,MA vy BY DATE ILDING DEPARTMENT OVERHANG INFO HEEL HEIGHT 00-04-03 REQ.LAYOUTS I REQ.ENGINEMING QUOTE IBT1 05/15/14 If Trusses END CUT RETURN NONE '�, -NONE LAYOUT SQUARE NO GABLE STUDS 24 IN.OC „ CUTTING BTi 05/15/14 FLOOR TRL�i;S PACING:24.0 IN.O.C.(TYP.) 1.00 FLOOR [_0TYj DEPTH BASE O/A END TYP INT BEARING CAN LEVE ` ' STUB UNIT TOTAL IROFILE PLY ID SPAN SPAN LEFT RIGHT SIZE LOCATION LEF) R�IT "LEFT RIGHT PRICE PRICE 01-00-00 9 F01 19-08-08 19-08-08 ES 3 01-00-00 E 2 F02 16-03-00 16 03-00 -- �® 01-00-00 1 F03 22-08-08 22-08-08 ` 01-00-00 �® 4 F03A 19-03-00 19-03-00 01-00-00 r- " 1 F04 03-09-00 03-09-00 01-00-00 1 FOSGE 11-05-04 11-05-04 01-04-00 ' 1 F06 23-09-00 23-09-00 01-04-00 "* 3 F06A 31-08-08 31-08-OS 01-04-00 12 F07 23-08-08 23-08-08 01-04-00 1 F08 19-05-12 19-05-12 01-04-00 1 F09 11-10-08 11-10-OS .--- 01-04-00 2 F10 08-04-00 08-04-00 . a, 00-02-00 01-04-00 F11G 1 11GE 11-05-04 11-OS-04 zr— M�' 01-00-00 " ® 10 F21 19-10-00 19-10 r ; 1 . 01-00-00 2 Ply F21 AG 19-10-00 191"1 01-00-00 1 F21 19-04-08 s� 01-00-00 1 F22 16-01-00 16 �® 01-00-00 3 F23 151 ° i� A0 01-00 00 F23A 13 11 QB 13 14 f38 01-00-00 " 2 F23G �4 1-0 0 '*45:11-00 Upper Ridge Duplex 5-21-14 _f ) Northampton 8:13oam KeyBeami)D 4.600d kaiBcamEngitic 4.6026 Materials Database 1472 Member Data Description: Beam F Member Type: Beam Application: Floor Beam front entry deck Top Lateral Bracing: Continuous Bottom Lateral Bracing:Continuous Standard Load: Moisture Condition: Dry Building Code: IBC/lRC Live Load: 40 PLF Deflection Criteria: U360 live, L/240 total 1250"max_ LL Dead Load: 10 PLF Deck Connection: Nailed Member Weight: 5.7 PLF Filename:9 ft 8 in be Other Loads Type Trib. Other Dead (Description) Side Begin End Width Start End Start End Category Replacement Uniform(PSF) Top 0' 0.00" 9' 8.50" 3' 0.00" 40 10 Live rr sss O 9 8 8 Bearings and Reactions Input Min Gravity Gravity Location Type Material Length Required Reaction Uplift 1 0' 0.000" Wall SPF#3/Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650psi) 3.500" 1.500" 722# - 2 9' 8.500" Wall SPF#3/Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650 psi) 3.500" 1.500" 722# — Maximum Load Case Reactions Used for applying point loads(or line loads)to carrying members Live Dead 1 556# 165# 2 556# 165# Design spans 9' 3.250" Product: SP PT#1 2 x 8 2 ply PASSES DESIGN CHECKS Connect members with 2 rows of 16d common nails at 12.0"oc Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the top chord. Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the bottom chord. Allowable Stress Design Actual Allowable Capacity Location Loading Positive Moment 1673.'# 3285.'# 50% 4.85' Total Load D+L Shear 628.# 25381 24% 0.23' Total Load D+L Max.Reaction 7221 5932.# 12% 0' Total Load D+L LL Deflection 0.1232" 0.3090" U903 4.85 Total Load L TL Deflection 0.1598" 0.4635" U696 4.85' Total Load D+L Control: Positive Moment DOLS: Live=100% Snow--115% Roof=125% Wind=160% This member has been designed in accordance with NDS 2005 All product names are trademarks of their respective owners Copyright(C)2013 by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. —passing is darned as when the member,floor ioiSt,beam or girder,shown on this drawing meets applicable design criteria for goads,Loading Conditions,and Spens listed on this sheet The des'n must be reviewed by a Qualiffec designer or design professional as r wired for vdl.This design assumes product installation amording to the manufactofer's specifications, Upper Ridge Duplex 5-21-14 f ° :st Northampton 8:14am of I KeyBcatnt<>4.6004 kmBeamFngine 4.6026 Materials Database 1472 Member Data Description:Beam E Member Type: Beam Application: Floor Beam side entry deck Top Lateral Bracing:Continuous Bottom Lateral Bracing:Continuous Standard Load: Moisture Condition: Dry Building Code: IBC/IRC Live Load: 40 PLF Deflection Criteria: U360 live, 0240 total 1.250"max. LL Dead Load: 10 PLF Deck Connection: Nailed Member Weight: 5.7 PLF Filename:9 ft 8 in be Other Loads Type Trib. Other Dead (Description) Side Begin End Width Start End Start End Category Replacement Uniform(PSF) Top 0' 0.00" 8' 5.75" 4' 0.00" 40 10 Live 8 512 O 8 512 Bearings and Reactions Input Min Gravity Gravity Location Type Material Length Required Reaction Uplift 1 0' 0.000" Wall N/A N/A 1.500" 887# 2 8' 5.750" Wall N/A N/A 1.500" 887# -- Maximum Load Case Reactions Used for applying point loads(or line loads)to carrying members Live Dead 1 690# 197# 2 690# 197# Design spans 8' 7.500" Product: SP PT#1 2 x 8 2 ply PASSES DESIGN CHECKS Connect members with 2 rows of 16d common nails at 12.0"oc Minimum 1.50"bearing required at bearing#1 Minimum 1.50"bearing required at bearing#2 Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the top chord. Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the bottom chord. Allowable Stress Design Actual Allowable Capacity Location Loading Positive Moment 1913.'# 3285.'# 58% 4.24' Total Load D+L Shear 7631 25384 30% -0.06' Total Load D+L LL Deflection 0.1230" 0.2875" U841 4.24' Total Load L TL Deflection 0.1581" 0.4313" 0654 4.24' Total Load D+L Control: Positive moment LLDOL& e=100% Snow=115% Roof=125% Wind=160% er has been designed in accordance with NDS 2005 All product names are trademarks of their respective owners Copyright(C)2013 by Simpson Strong-Te Company Inc.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. he member,door joist,beam or girder,shown on this drawing meets applicable design criteria for Loads,Loading Conditions.and Spans listed on this s reviewed a uali0etl tle ner=girder, n professional as required lot a val.Tans d assumes oduct nnslaaabon accoNi to me manutaqurer s s Uhcalions. Upper Ridge Duplex 5-12-14 Key Beam Northampton 9:12am loft KeyBeam®4.600d kmBeamEngine 4.6026 Materials Database 1472 Member Data Description: Member Type: Beam Application: Floor Top Lateral Bracing: Continuous Bottom Lateral Bracing: Continuous Standard Load: Moisture Condition: Dry Building Code: IBC/IRC Live Load: 40 PLF Deflection Criteria: 0360 live, L/240 total 1.250"max. LL Dead Load: 10 PLF Deck Connection: Nailed Member Weight: 8.4 PLF Filename: 24 ft beam.K Other Loads Type Trib. Other Dead (Description) Side Begin End Width start End Start End Category Replacement Uniform(PSF) Top 0' 0.00" 8' 0.00" 5' 0.00" 40 20 Snow O 800 0 8 0 0 Bearings and Reactions Input Min Gravity Gravity Location Type Material Length Required Reaction Uplift 1 0' 0.000" Wall SPF#3/Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650psi) 5.500" 1.500" 1115# 2 8' 0.000" Wall SPF#3/Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650 psi) 5.500" 1.500" 1115# Maximum Load Case Reactions used for applying point loads(or fine bads)to carrying members Snow Dead 1 723# 392# 2 723# 392# Design spans 7' 2.750" Product: SPF #2 2 x 10 3 ply PASSES DESIGN CHECKS Connect members with 2 rows of 16d common nails at 12.0"oc NOTE:Nails must be applied from both sides Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the top chord. Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the bottom chord. Allowable Stress Design Actual Allowable Capacity Location Loading Positive Moment 2015.'# 68074 29% 4' Total Load D+S Shear 8774 43084 20% 0.4' Total Load D+S Max.Reaction 11154 105194 10% 0' Total Load D+S LL Deflection 0.0296" 0.2410" U999+ 4' Total Load S TL Deflection 0.0456" 0.3615" L/999+ 4' Total Load D+S Control: Positive Moment DOLS: Live=100% Snow=115% Roof=125% Wind=160% Design assumes a repetitive member use increase in bending stress:15% This member has been designed in accordance with NDS 2005 All product names are trademarks of their respective owners Copyright(C)2013 by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ••Passing is defined as when the member,floor joist,beam or girder,shown on this drawing meets applicable design criteda for Loads,Loading Conditions,and Spare listed on this sheet.The desi n must be reviewed a designer or deli n rofessional as required fore royal.This design assumes oduct installation according to the manufacturer's specifications. Upper Ridge Duplex 5-12-14 eBe Northampton 9:07am KeyBeam 04 600d kmBeamEngine 4.6026 Materials Database 1472 Member Data Description: Member Type: Beam Application: Floor Top Lateral Bracing: Continuous Bottom Lateral Bracing: Continuous Standard Load: Moisture Condition: Dry Building Code: IBC/IRC Live Load: 40 PLF Deflection Criteria: U360 live, L/240 total 1.250"max. LL Dead Load: 10 PLF Deck Connection: Nailed Member Weight: 17.6 PLF Filename: 24 ft beamX Other Loads Type Trib. Other Dead (Description) Side Begin End Width start End Start End Category Replacement Uniform(PSF) Top 0' 0.00" 10' 0.00" 11' 6.00" 40 10 Live Additional Uniform(PSF) Top 0' 0.00" 10' 0.00" 7' 6.00" 40 20 Snow Additional Uniform PLF Top 0' 0.00" 10' 0.00" 0 80 Live 10 0 0 O 1000 Bearings and Reactions Input Min Gravity Gravity Location Type Material Length Required Reaction Uplift 1 0' 0.000" Wall SPF#3/Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650psi) 5.500" 1.500" 4304# 2 10' 0.000" Wall SPF#3/Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650 psi) 5.500" 1.500" 4304# — Maximum Load Case Reactions Used for applying point loads(or line loads)to carrying members Live Snow Dead 1 2123# 1384# 1673# 2 2123# 1384# 1673# Design spans 9' 2.750" Product: 1-3/4x11-7/8 VERSA-LAM 2.0 3100 SP 3 ply PASSES DESIGN CHECKS Connect members with 2 rows of 16d common nails at 12.0"oc NOTE:Nails must be applied from both sides Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the top chord. Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the bottom chord. Allowable Stress Design Actual Allowable Capacity Location Loading Positive Moment 87584 331894 26% 5' Total Load D+L Shear 29824 118454 25% 0.4' Total Load D+L Max.Reaction 43044 187694 22% 0' Total Load D+0.75(L+S) TL Deflection 0.1039" 0.4615" L1999+ 5' Total Load D+0.75(L+S) LL Deflection 0.0635" 0.3076" L/999+ 5' Total Load 0.75 L+S Control: Positive Moment DOLS: Live=100% Snow--115% Roof=125% Wind=160% Design assumes a repetitive member use increase in bending stress: 4% All product names are trademarks of their respective owners Copyright(C)2013 by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. "Passing is defined as when the member,floorjoist,beam or girder,shown on this drawing meets applicable design criteria for Loads,Loading Conditions,and Spars listed on this sheet.The Man must be reviewed a ualified deli ner or des'n ofessional as r wired fora vet.This desi n assumes roduct installation acconlin to the manufacturer's specifications. Upper Ridge Duplex 5-12-14 � Northampton 10:40am @y 1 of 1 KeyBeam04.600d kmBeamEngine 4.6026 Materials Database 1472 Member Data Description: Member Type: Beam Application: Floor Top Lateral Bracing: Continuous Bottom Lateral Bracing: Continuous Standard Load: Moisture Condition: Dry Building Code: IBC/IRC Live Load: 40 PLF Deflection Criteria: 0360 live, L/240 total 1.250"max. LL Dead Load: 10 PLF Deck Connection: Nailed Member Weight: 9.4 PLF Filename: 10 ft bm.KYB Other Loads Type Trib. Other Dead (Description) Side Begin End Width Start End Start End Category Replacement Uniform(PSF) Top 0' 0.00" 9' 0.00" 12' 0.00" 40 10 Live Additional Uniform(PSF) Top 0' 0.00" 9' 0.00" 12' 0.00" 30 10 Live Additional Uniform(PSF) Top 0' 0.00" 9' 0.00" 13' 0.00" 40 20 Snow Additional Uniform PLF To 0' 0.00" 9' 0.00" 0 160 Live 4 6 0 4 6 0 9 0 0 Bearings and Reactions Input Min Gravity Gravity Location Type Material Length Required Reaction Uplift 1 0' 0.000" Wall SPF#3/Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650psi) 5.500" 1.500" 2860# 2 4' 6.000" Wall SPF#3/Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650psi) 5.500" 3.898" 8868# 3 9' 0.000" Wall SPF#3/Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650psi) 3.500" 1.500" 2993# Maximum Load Case Reactions Used for applying point loads(or line loads)to carrying members Live Snow Dead 1 1516# 939# 1018# 2 4409# 2730# 3514# 3 1569# 971# 1088# Design spans 4' 1.375" 4' 3.375" Product: 1-3/4x9-1/2 VERSA-LAM 2.0 3100 SP 2 ply PASSES DESIGN CHECKS Connect members with 2 rows of 16d common nails at 12.0"oc Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the top chord. Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the bottom chord. Allowable Stress Design Actual Allowable Capacity Location Loading Positive Moment 2337.'# 13958.'# 16% 7.07' Even Spans D+L Negative Moment 3329.'# 13958.'# 23% 4.5' Total Load D+L Shear 28144 63174 44% 4.51' Total Load D+L Max.Reaction 88684 13366.# 66% 4.5' Total Load D+0.75(L+S) TL Deflection 0.0151" 0.2141" L/999+ 6.85' Even Spans D+0.75(L+S) LL Deflection 0.0107" 0.1427" U999+ 6.85' Even Spans 0.75 L+S Control: Max.Reaction DOLS: Live=100% Snow=115% Roof--125% Wind=160% All product names are trademarks of their respective owners Copyright(C)2013 by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. "Passing is defined as when the member,fioorjoist,beam or girder,shown on this drawing meets applicable design criteria for Loads,Loading Conditions,and Spans listed on this sheet.The design must be reviewed a qualified designer or des'n ofessional as re uiled fora roval.This design assumes Product installation accordina to the manufacturer's sDecifications. Upper Ridge Duplex 5-12-14 KeyBe Northampton 9:09am lofl KeyBeam®4.600d kmBeamEngine 4.6026 Materials Database 1472 Member Data Description: Member Type: Beam Application: Floor Top Lateral Bracing: Continuous Bottom Lateral Bracing: Continuous Standard Load: Moisture Condition: Dry Building Code: IBC/IRC Live Load: 40 PLF Deflection Criteria: L/360 live, U240 total 1.250"max. LL Dead Load: 10 PLF Deck Connection: Nailed Member Weight: 20.7 PLF Filename: 24 ft beamX Other Loads Type Trib. Other Dead (Description) Side Begin End Width Start End Start End Category Replacement Uniform(PSF) Top 0' 0.00" 24' 0.00" 3' 0.00" 40 17 Snow Additional Uniform PLF Top 0' 0.00" 8' 0.00" 0 80 Live 2400 2400 Bearings and Reactions Input Min Gravity Gravity Location Type Material Length Required Reaction Uplift 1 0' 0.000" Wall SPF#3 1Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650psi) 5.500" 1.500" 2736# - 2 24' 0.000" Wall SPF#3 1Stud 2x or 4x End-Grain(650 psi) 5.500" 1.500" 2326# Maximum Load Case Reactions Used for applying point loads(or line loads)to carrying members Snow Dead 1 1394# 1342# 2 1394# 933# Design spans 23' 2.750" Product: 1-3/4x14 VERSA-LAM 2.0 3100 SP 3 ply PASSES DESIGN CHECKS Connect members with 3 rows of 16d common nails at 12.0"oc NOTE:Nails must be applied from both sides Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the top chord. Design assumes continuous lateral bracing along the bottom chord. Allowable Stress Design Actual Allowable Capacity Location Loading Positive Moment 14090.'# 52088.'# 27% 12' Total Load D+S Shear 2419.# 16060.# 15% 0.4' Total Load D+S Max.Reaction 27364 18769.# 14% 0' Total Load D+S TL Deflection 0.5753" 1.1615" L/484 12' Total Load D+S LL Deflection 0.3274" 0.7743" U851 12' Total Load S Control: TL Deflection DOLS: Live=100% Snow=115% Roof--125% Wind=160% Design assumes a repetitive member use increase in bending stress: 4% All product names are trademarks of their respective owners Copyright(C)2013 by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. "Passing is defined as when the member,floor joist,beam or girder,shown on this drawing meets applicable design criteria for Loads,Loading Conditions,and Spare listed on this sheet.The design must be reviewed a ualified designer or desi n ofessional as r val.uired fora This deli n assumes uoduct installation accordina to the manufacturer's specifications. 40. Closets beneath stair which have doors must be drywalled with%". 780 CMR R302.7 41. If there is mechanical equipment or a combustible roof, 30 sqft of space, and 30" measured from top of ceiling joist to bottom of rafters an attic access of minimum RO of 22"x 30" is required to be located in an accessible place. It must be insulated,gasketed, and secured in place. Relevant items must be submitted to the building department for approvals before inspections and or Certificates of Occupancy can be issued. Feel free to call if you have any questions. My telephone number is 587-1240 and office hours are Monday through Friday, 8:30 am to 4:30 pm, excepting we close for walk-ins at 12:00 noon on Wednesdays. My email address is: cmiller(c northamptonma.gov Thank you for your c op tion on these matters. Chuck Miller City of Northampton Assistant Commissioner and Zoning Enforcement in joist are a maximum 1/3 the depth not closer than 2"from the top or bottom or to any other hole. Notches are different. 26. Drilling or notching of more than 50%of the wall plate width of an exterior wall or load bearing partition requires a 16 GA 1 %' strap across the area and 6" beyond each side with 8-10nd nails. 780 CMR R602.6.1 27. Dryer ducts must terminate outside of the building, have a backdraft damper, cannot include a screen, and require 3'clearance from windows. 780 CMR M1502.3 28. Dryer duct transition is limited to 8' of aluminum flex, must be exposed, and the proper UL listing. 780 CMR M1502.4.3 29. Dryer duct maximum equivalent length is 25' less 5' per 900 elbow or per manufacturer's specs. 780 CMR M1502.4.4.1, no screwed connections. 30. Markup air is required for any exhaust hood of 400 CFM or more. 780 CMR M1503.4 31. Fireplaces require all combustion air be provided from the exterior and below the firebox, duct work maintaining 1" clearance for 5' from the duct outlet for all fireplaces and airtight doors.2009 IECC 402.4.3 32. Fire and draft stopping shall be completed before rough inspection.Typical locations, top (ceiling) and bottom (floor) plates, soffits, and every 10'within enclosed cavities. 780 CMR R302. 33. Ignition barriers are required over all thermal plastics and must be in place before final. 780 CMR R316. 34. Dwelling/Garage fire separation. An attached garage (within 3' of main structure) is required to have%2" drywall on the garage side of the separation wall and if there is a finished space above the garage all walls must have%" drywall and the ceiling 5/8" drywall. 780 CMR R302.6 35. Energy aspects shall comply with the stretch energy code. 780 CMR Appendix 115AA or 2009 IECC. a. An initial HERS evaluation is required including insulation levels anticipated. b. A final HERS evaluation confirming code requirements have been met including duct testing. c. A signed copy of the Thermal Bypass Checklist. d. Energy information including mechanical equipment posted on the electric panel. e. Remodeling and Additions can be completed in accordance with IECC 2009 with Energy Star Windows and the Thermal Bypass Checklist. Duct blast testing when practicable. f. All band joist insulation must be enclosed within an air tight cavity, which you must create. 36. Vapor retarders.Although these are still in the code have exceptions, one must understand that there is a difference between a vapor retarder or barrier and an air barrier. An air barrier is intended to stop air flow (convection) a vapor retarder or barrier is intended to stop molecular moisture transfer(diffusion). A vapor retarder or barrier is effective even if there are some holes or gaps, however an air barrier has to be absolute and complete. If air can leak through an electrical device or through a crack it follows the path of least resistance and carries 99%of the moisture in a structure.This is evident every time one exposes fiberglass insulation and finds black insulation, which is dirt filter out of the air moving through the insulation. 780 CMR R601.2 for vapor retarders and Table N1102.4.2 for air sealing requirements. 37. Unvented attic assemblies. Hot roofs are allowed, but have specific requirements 780 CMR R806.4. 38. Deck ledgers and post must be appropriately attached, bolts or lags. 780 CMR R502.2.2.1 Note:ThruLoks are engineered for post attachment supporting a railing. Lateral attachment is required for each deck per section 502.2.2.3. 39. Smoke and CO detectors as required. 780 CMR R314 and R315. a. Smokes in each bedroom, within 10' of a bedroom door, and at the bottom of a stair leading to a finished floor above. b. CO within 10' of bedroom doors, at each level, for every 1500 sqft, (plumbing code in the mechanical room) Except if there are no fossil burning fuels. c. Heat detector in attached garage, and other large unfinished unconditioned spaces. 11. Steel straps over the ridge or 1x4 minimum collar ties are required 4' OC in the upper 1/3rd 780 CMR R802.3.1 12. Ridge boards must be the full depth of the cut. 780 CMR R802.3. 13. A complete window and header schedule is required. 780 CMR Table R502.5 for header sizing and number of jack studs required. 14. All framing materials which are not code prescriptive must have stamped engineering. a, LVLs b. 1-joist and or Floor Truss c. Roof truss 15. All I-Joist need to be protected from fire with % drywall or 5/8 wood structural panel. (R501.3) 16. A braced wall plan identifying appropriate braced wall areas where required (R301.1) and braced wall method being used. 780 CMR 602.10. a. Garage corners and large corner window/door layout may require special solutions. b. All corners must be appropriately attached to the foundation. c. When using PFH (R602.10.3.3)or PFG (R602.10.3.4)the nailing requirement is 4" and 3" respectively using 8d common nails or galvanized box nails. PNEUMATIC nails must be full headed with the temper and shank sizing meeting the strict code requirement. 17. When nailing sheathing make sure your pneumatic nailers' pressure is properly set. Nails set too deep perforate the sheathing weakening it and contribute to building damage in high wind events. 18. Ceiling heights minimum 7'for habitable spaces, 6'8" for bathrooms includes tub/shower area if a shower head is used, 6'8" for basements, 6'4" at beams/ducts.780 CMR R305.1. MA amended 19. Hazardous glazing locations, within 24" of a door, or within 60" of a stair, or across from hot tubs,spas, bathtubs within 60" if not 60" above the walking surface, and other locations.780 CMR R308.4 20. Windows over 72" above grade with the opening less than 24 above the finished floor shall meet the 4" sphere rule.Order restrictors. 780 CMR R612.2 21. Egress and emergency escape requirements shall be strictly met. a. Basements, habitable attics, and all sleeping rooms require emergency escape. 780 CMR R310 b. Windows within 44" of floor, DH 3.3 sqft min window size,Casement 20"x41" exception 5 sqft at 1"floor. Minimum clear opening 20"x24" or 24"x20". 780 CMR R310.1.1 c. Two doors remote as possible at the normal level of travel, opening measured from the face of the slab to the stop with door at 90 degrees, one 32" and one 28" minimum 78" high. 780 CMR R311.2 d. Landing at each door 36" out and the width of the door minimum 36", maximum step 7 3/"from the top of the threshold and only in-swinging doors. 780 CMR R311.3 22. Stairs have critical standards, make sure you know the floor finishes when planning. Minimum tread 9", maximum riser 8%", maximum overall variance for the run is 3/8",4" sphere rule on risers except where the total rise is 30" or less 780 CMR R311.7.4.3 Exception,4 3/8"on balustrade, 6" in the triangle. Graspable rail 1%" minimum and 2" maximum rail, height minimum 34" maximum 38", required for 4 or more risers. Landing to landing constitutes a new run. Minimum 6'8" ceiling height from nosing. Rails must be continuous and returned to the wall if not to newel post. 780 CMR R311.7. 23. Guards 36" minimum height above walking surface, a bench is a walking surface, required for more than 30" above floor or grade within 36",4"sphere rule. 780 CMR R312.1. 24. Floor joist systems that are not equal to 1%" nominal dimension must be covered with%" drywall or 5/8" wood structural panel or equivalent with some exceptions. 780 CMR R501.3 25. Educate the plumber and electrician about maximum notch and hole sizes, and placement. 780 CMR R502.8 and R602.6. In bearing studs holes not larger than 40%of a stud no closer than 5/8 to the edge, In interior non-bearing studs holes not larger than 60%of a stud no closer than 5/8 to the edge, or holes City of Northampton �`y'i'.IT',.T�Y•C. Massachusetts G` wY.A DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING INSPECTIONS ? �? 212 Main Street • Municipal Building Northampton, MA 01060 INSPECTOR Wright Builders, Inc. June 10, 2014 48 Bates Street Northampton, MA 01060 Subject Location: 75 & 77 Musante Drive with separate garage Map Block: 38A- 104 Mr. Heilman, Your building permit application dated 4-28-14 and plans dated 5-20-14 have been approved as drawn and per this memo. All work must meet all applicable codes whether noted or not included within this memo. Please follow up on the following items: These items will need to be accomplished as the project moves forward and before rough inspections; 1. Braced wall detailing at the garage door is needed. A PFG system could work or modification could be made to use a PFG system. Figures 602.10.3.2 and 602.10.3.3 2. HERS final ratings, duct blast results, and a signed Thermal Bypass Checklist. 3. The gas regulator locations do not appear to meet the clearance requirements to the adjacent window and must be 12" off the corner to meet the clearances from the electric meters. Note August 16th 2013 begins the newest energy code 2012 IECC with MA amendments with a concurrency period until July 1,2014 and an expectation of a new Stretch Code. As of August 4th 2011 the 8th Edition MA code is the 2009 IRC with MA amendments. In the following are some generic requirements which seem to be problematic. This is not intended to be comprehensive, nor is it a substitute for purchasing and reading the MA codes. Read only international codes are available on line at http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/one must also consider the MA amendments to these codes which can be found at www.mass.gov/dps/bbrs . The current relevant building codes are: 2009 IBC, 2009 IEBC, 2009 IMC, 2009 IRC, 2009 or 2012 IECC,AA115, MA amendments. 1, Structures shall conform to 780 CMR 8th Edition 1 and 2 family building codes with MA amendments. 2. Grading plan for structures being constructed required. 780 CMR R401.3 for drainage requirements. 3. A basement drainage system is required in all basements 780 CMR R405.2.3.except those in group I soils (table R405.1) 4. Foundations that retain earth and enclose interior space require damp proofing 780 CMR R406.1. 5. Through wall form ties must be removed from both faces and patched with hydraulic cement. 780 CMR R406.2 of amendments. 6. Foundation anchor bolts must be%" and be embedded a minimum of 7" into the concrete. 10" bolts! 780 CMR R403.1.6 7. CMU foundations require 3/8" parging before damp proofing. 780 CMR R406.1 see exceptions. 8. Emergency escape is required out of every basement whether habitable or not. 780 CMR R310.1 9. Crawl spaces can be treated in three different ways,vented (poor idea), exhausted (similar to exhaust only systems), or treating the space with supply and return. See 780 CMR R408 10. Ceiling joist are intended to prevent spread, once raised above the wall plate they become rafters ties and may require up sizing of rafters and increased nailing for example with a 4" slope 8-16nd common are required at each connection. 780 CMR R802.3.1. When there is neither of these a structural ridge is required with a load path to the foundation. ENERGY EFFICIENCY PLAN Specifications Used in Analysis Lighting 100%compact fluorescent bulbs Refrigerator ENERGY STAR Dishwasher ENERGY STAR Clothes Washer Any 2. Preliminary Home Energy Rating Results Based on the assumptions described above,we have calculated the following Preliminary Home Energy Rating results. Preliminary HERS Index % Improvement over 2014 Mass. Reference Home Unit E1 52 46.6% Unit E2 1 53 1 45.0% Note that Confirmed Home Energy Rating results may vary from the Preliminary Home Energy Rating results due to changes in building plans, energy features installed in the home, RESNET standards, software changes, and other factors. Meets requirements of Mass Save Prescriptive Incentives—Option II (Note that Mass Save requirements are subject to change at any time without prior notice. This often occurs at the end of each calendar year) ENERGY STAR HERS Index Target: 74 or lower Note that Confirmed Home Energy Rating results may vary from the Preliminary Home Energy Rating results due to changes in building plans, energy features installed in the home, RESNET standards, software changes, and other factors. 3. Services Requested CET will provide a Confirmed Home Energy Rating for the purpose(s) indicated below. CET will charge fees for these activities based on the Price List attached to your Home Energy Rating Services Agreement. • Stretch Energy Code compliance • Mass Save Residential New Construction Prescriptive Incentives Option II • ENERGY STAR version 3 certification As part of these services, CET will verify that your home meets all the requirements listed in the attached Program Description. I have reviewed and understand this Energy Efficiency Plan. I have reviewed the assumptions in part 1 and confirm that the assumptions are correct. Signature: Date: Printed Name: Company: HERS Rater: Mark Newey, Date:2/14/14 Page 2 of 2-Please send signed form to the Center for EcoTechnology Tel(413)586-7350 ext.242-Fax(413)586-7351 -greenhome0cetonline.org r CENTER FOR EcoTechnology- we make green make sense- ENERGY EFFICIENCY PLAN Project Location: Duplex Building E, Village Hill, Northampton MA Conditioned Floor Area 1570 and 1310 Volume 21,430 and 17,180 Building Type Duplex Bedrooms 3 and 2 1.Assumptions for Preliminary Home Energy Rating CET has completed a Preliminary Home Energy Rating with the following assumptions: a) The construction plans you have provided are accurate, including window dimensions and locations. b) Energy features not listed below in part c will meet the prescriptive requirements of the IECC 2009. c) The home will be built to incorporate the following energy features: Specifications Used in Analysis Basement Condition 2"XPS R10 Superior Wall+ R21 Fiberglass Batts Grade=2 Slab Floor 2"XPS R10 Perimeter+3"XPS R15 Underslab Above Grade Walls 2x6 framing with 2" HDF and 3.5"cellulose Grade= 1 + 1" Pol iso R6 sheathing Windows U-value= 0.22 SHGC = 0.23 Glass Doors U-value= 0.22 SHGC = 0.23 Exterior Doors R5 insulated steel door Ceilings 2x4 framing with 2" HDF and 15"cellulose Grade= 1 Blower Door Test* 1.5 ACH50 or better* Thermal Enclosure Rater Checklist Meet Checklist Requirements as verified by a HERS rater at pre-drywall Parts 3&5 and final inspection *The 2009 IECC requires a blower door test result of 7 ACH50 or lower. The number listed here requires significant improvements in air sealing beyond the base energy code. s Specifications Used in Analysis i Heating Equipment 95%AFUE Natural Gas Furnace Cooling Equipment 14.5 SEER Central A/C Water Heating Equipment 0.95 EF Natural Gas On Demand Water Heater Bathroom Faucets and Showerheads Water Sense Labeled Duct Leakage 0 leakage to outside Duct Location Inside conditioned space HRV 70%sensible recovery, 50%total recovery Whole House Ventilation 46—55 CFM for Unit E1 (ASHRAE 62.2-2010) 35—42 CFM for Unit E2 72 watts or less Page 1 of 2 Planning-Decision City of Northampton Hearing No.: PLN-20140009 Date: September 18, 2013 FILING DEADLINE: MAILING DATE: HEARING CONTINUED DATE: DECISION DRAFT BY: PEAL DATE: 812212013 91512013 912612013 REFERRALS IN DATE: HEARING DEADLINE DATE: HEARING CLOSE DATE: FINAL SIGNING BY: APPEAL DEADLINE: 8/29/2013 10/17/2013 911212013 9/26/2013 1002013 FIRST ADVERTISING DATE: HEARING DATE: VOTING DATE: DECISION DATE: 812912013 9112/2013 91121013 9/18/2013 SECOND ADVERTISING DATE: HEARING TIME: VOTING DEADLINE: DECISION DEADLINE: 9/5/2013 7:20 PM 12/11/2013 12/11/2013 MEMBERS PRESENT: VOTE: John Lutz votes to Grant Debin Bruce votes to Grant Ann DeWitt Brooks votes to Grant Jennifer Dieringer votes to Grant Mark Sullivan votes to Grant Francis Johnson votes to Grant MOTION MADE BY: SECONDED BY: VOTE COUNT: DECISION: Francis Johnson Ann DeWitt Brooks 6 Approved with Conditions MINUTES OF MEETING: Available in the Office of Planning&Development. 1,Carolyn Misch,as agent to the Planning Board,certify that this is a true and accurate decision made by the Planning Board and certify that a copy of this and all plans have been riled with the Board and the City Clerk on the date shown above. I ce ' that a copy of is p� cision has been mailed to the Owner and Applicant. Notice of Appeal An appeal from the decision of the Planning Board may be made by any person aggrieved pursuant to MGL Chapt.40A,Section 17 as amended within twenty(20)days after the date of the riling of the notice of the decision with the City Clerk The date is listed above. Such appeal may be made to the Hampshire Superior Court with a certiried copy of the appeal sent to the City Clerk of the City of Northampton. Sri 1 8 Ct•11 3 October 9, 2013 I, Wendy Mazza, City Clerk of the City of Northampton, hereby certify that the above Decision of the Northampton Planning Board was filed in the Office of the City Clerk on September 18, 2013, that twenty days have elapsed since such filing and that no appeal has been filed in this matter. Attest: CitY Clerk City of Northampton GeoTMS@ 2013 Des Lauriers Municipal Solutions,Inc. t, {� , g,EGT SRy LBERD Planning-Decision City of Northampton Hearing No.: PLN-20140009 Date: September 18, 2013 7).All streets fronting the project,except for Village Hill Road from Moser Street to the mid-block crosswalk,are subject to the 5-year moratorium for newly paved roads,which requires milling and overlay for the full width of the road and 20'beyond the limit of any cuts made in the pavement including granite curb reconfiguration.Ali trenches shall be backrilled with flowable rill.Curb cuts proposed to be relocated on Musante Drive and Moser Street with puff parking and drainage reconfigured on Moser as part of the curb cut relocation are subject to the 5-year moratorium. The plan should show the expected limits of mill and overlay due to cuts in the roadway. 8).Fifteen foot curb radii shall be used. 9).Concrete sidewalks at relocated curb cuts shall be 6"thick to the nearest existing panel break beyond the limits of the cut 10).All sidewalks disturbed by construction shall be replaced to the nearest panel. 11).Detectable warning strips shall be installed at the approaches to the relocated curb cut on Musante Drive. 12).All granite curbing not reused shall be returned to the DPW yard. 13).All rims and inverts for proposed sewer and drain manholes and catch basins or inverts for existing connection points must be included on revised plans. 14). The drain line from the catch basin proposed to be abandoned west of Building A shat/be plugged with bricks and mortar in the receiving manhole as well as at the abandoned catch basin. 15). The catch basin proposed to be abandoned on Moser Street shall have the cone section removed, the pipe plugged with bricks and mortar and the remainder of the structure backfilled with sand.The inlet pipe at the downstream catch basin shall also be plugged with bricks and mortar. 16). The new pull-off parking area shall be stripped of any remaining asphalt and new roadway base installed throughout. 17).Water and sewer line sizes and materials and methods of construction shall be approved by Department of Public Works 18).Any conflicts where water and sewer line crossings are shown at Building A and between Building C and Flats East must be resolved and adequate separation according to Department of Public Works standards must be met. FINDINGS: The Planning Board approved the major site plan based upon the following plans submitted with the application and information materials: 1. Upper Ridge at Village Hill Prepared for Wright Builders,Inc.by The Berkshire Design group,Inc.Dated August 12,2013 Sheets L.1- L.8 2. Upper Ridge Building Elevations by Kuhn Riddle Architects,dated 8112/13 Building A,B,Flats East Flats West Duplex. The board approved the site plans upon determining compliance with the standards in 350-11.6 as follows: A. The requested use protects adjoining premises against seriously detrimental uses. The site is the next phase of residential development consistent with the master plan showing densities consistent with abutting properties. B. The requested use will promote the convenience and safety of vehicular and pedestrian movement within the site and on adjacent streets. This site build out will incorporate the next segment of links to create an east west pedestrian corridor through the campus. Driveway points are minimized with shared parking in the rear of the buildings to reduce Impacts on the sidewalk. (1)Traffic mitigation has been addressed at the master plan stage for the redevelopment of the entire campus. C. The site will function harmoniously in relation to other structures and open spaces to the natural landscape,existing buildings and other community assets in the area as It relates to landscaping,drainage,sight lines,building orientation,massing,egress,and setbacks. D. The requested use will not overload,and will mitigate adverse impacts on,the City's resources,including the effect on the City's water supply and distribution system,sanitary and storm sewage collection and treatment systems,fire protection,streets and schools. The construction materials and methods for water lines,sanitary sewers,storm sewers,fire protection,sidewalks,private roads,and other infrastructure shall be those set forth in the Northampton Subdivision Regulations E.The requested use meets any special regulations set forth in this chapter. F.Compliance with the following technical performance standards: (1)Curb cuts onto streets have been minimized through shared access. (2)Pedestrian,bicycle and vehicular traffic movement on site must be separated,to the extent possible,and sidewalks must be provided between businesses within a development and from public sidewalks,cycle tracks and bike paths. (3)Stormwater will be treated through previously constructed infrastructure. COULD NOT DEROGATE BECAUSE: GeoTMS®2013 Des Lauriers Municipal Solutions,Inc. Planning -Decision City of Northampton Hearing No.: PLN-2014-0009 Date: September 18, 2013 APPLICATION TYPE: SUBMISSION DATE: PB Major Site Plan 8/13/2013 Applicant's Name: Owner's Name: i 11101111111111111111N01111111111111 NAME: NAME: i IIIII/IIIII IIIII IIiII IIII Ililll IIII WRIGHT BUILDERS WRIGHT BUILDERS 2013 00025362 ADDRESS: ADDRESS: Bk: 11489Pg: 174 Page: 1 of 3 48 Bates St 48 Bates St Recorded: 10/09/2013 09:29 AM TOWN: STATE: ZIP CODE: TOWN: STATE: I ZIP CODE: NORTHAMPTON MA 01060 NORTHAMPTON MA 01060 PHONE NO.: FAX NO.: PHONE NO.: FAX NO 413 586-8287 116 413 587-9276 (413)586-8287(116) (413)587-9276 EMAIL ADDRESS: EMAIL ADDRESS: LGAUDREAU @WRIGHT-BUILDERS.COM LGAUDREAU@WRIGHT-BUILDERS.COM Site Information: Surveyor's Name: STREET NO.: SITE ZONING: COMPANY NAME: FORD CROSSINGMLLAGE HILL RD PV(100)/SG b(100)1 TOWN: ACTION TAKEN: ADDRESS: NORTHAMPTON MA 01060 Approved With Conditions MAP: BLOCK: I LOT: MAP DATE: SECTION OF BYLAW: 31C 018 001 Chpt.350-11:Site Plan Approval TOWN: STATE:JZIP CODE: Book: Page: 6925 302 PHONE NO.: FAX NO.: EMAIL ADDRESS: NATURE OF PROPOSED WORK- 28 Unit Development within 7 buildings HARDSHIP: CONDITION OF APPROVAL: 1) Thirty(30)days prior to bidding construction,civil construction plans for each phase,stamped by a registered Massachusetts P.E.,shall be provided to the Department of Public Works(DPM for review and comment. All plans shall incorporate revisions required in the conditions herein below and also include: a.Details for granite curb,handicap ramp, sewer c/eanout detail b.6 inch concrete thickness for sidewalks crossing driveway openings. c. Gravel base material for Bit Conc.Paving in Moser Street shall be 8 inches ofM1.03.0,Type b with 4 inches of processed gravel,M1.03.1,above. d.Gravel for sidewalks in the City ROW shall be processed gravel,Ml 03.1 with maximum stone size of 2 inches. 2).Prior to issuance of a building permit,documents must be submitted to the DPW confirming a minimum two foot separation between the bottom of the proposed infiltration trenches and the estimated seasonal high groundwater level. 3).Prior to issuance a building permit for the proposed project and in accordance with the Stonnwater Management Permit for Village Hill Phase 2 issued to MassDevelopment in 2007,the applicant shall the applicant shall submit revised drainage calculations that reflect the actual construction that has been completed and confirms the remaining capacity of the Detention Basins in each Sub-Watershed area. The applicant shall further meet all other requirements necessary to comply with the original permit. 4).Prior to completion of Building A,the applicant shall rile a request through,Department of Public Works,to begin the necessary procedure for removal of the two previously accepted on-street parking spaces along Moser Street that will be eliminated as a result of this project 5).Prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy for either of the"flats"apartment buildings,the applicant shall record a public access easement for the path connection between Musante Drive and Beech Tree Park 6).Prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy for either of the"flats"apartment buildings,the applicant shall install directional sign for park at the public path near Village Hill Road intersection indicating access to Beech Tree Park GeoTMS®2013 Des Lauriers Municipal Solutions,Inc. MUNICIPAL SEWER/AVAILABILITY APPLICATION Northampton Streets Department 125 Locust Street Northampton, MA 01060 587-1570 A Department of Public Works Trench Permit and Sewer Entry Permit shall be required prior to any construction or connection activity associated with this application. Location: / er Ridge f-/- Inquiry Made By: 586-8287 Wright Builders/Linda Date of Inquiry: 3125114 Reason for Hook new Townhome condo's into Sewer system Municipal Sewer Main in Front of Location: Yes No. Municipal Storm Drain Available: 5'h deep Yes No Size of Sewer Main: Material: Age: Depth of Sewer Main: Length of Sewer Main: Size of Service Connection: Type of Service Connection: Tie-in to Sanitary Main Tie-in to Sanitary Stub Comments: City Requires 6" cleanout installed at City Property Line Note: If this availibility is for new construction this form must be hand delivered to Building Inspector. A corresponding"sewer entrance fee"shall be paid prior to making any connection to the municipal sewer system.Arrangements of such installation shall be made with the Northampton Streets Department with a minimum of 5 working days notification. All work shall conform to Northampton Streets Department specifications. John Hall Sewer Department cc: Ned Huntley, Director DPW Louis Hasbrouck, Building Commissioner os MUNICIPAL SEWER/AVAILABILITY APPLICATION �� Northampton Streets Department S (JA US4erZ--ti2 125 Locust Street Northampton, MA 01060 587-1570 A Department of Public Works Trench Permit and Sewer Entry Permit shall be required prior to any construction or connection activity associated with this application. Location: . or Ridge CJ / Inquiry Made By: 7'0 wn Wright Builders/Linda 586-8287 Date of Inquiry: 3/25114 Reason for Request: Hook new Townhome condo's into Sewer system Municipal Sewer Main in Front of Location: Yes No Municipal Storm Drain Available: 5 V deep Yes No Size of Sewer Main: Material: Age: Depth of Sewer Main: Length of Sewer Main: Size of Service Connection: Type of Service Connection: Tie-in to Sanitary Main Tie-in to Sanitary Stub Comments: City Requires 6" cleanout installed at City Property Line Note: If this avallibility is for new construction,this form must be hand delivered to Building Inspector. A corresponding"sewer entrance fee"shall be paid prior to making any connection to the municipal sewer system.Arrangements of such installation shall be made with the Northampton Streets Department with a minimum of 5 working days notification. All work shall conform to Northampton Streets Department specifications. 'JA, � ohn Hall Sewer Department cc: Ned Huntley, Director DPW Louis Hasbrouck, Building Commissioner 0 MUNICIPAL WATER AVAILABILITY APPLICATION Northampton Water Department 237 Prospect St. Northampton,MA 01060 587-1097 A Department of Public Works Trench Permit shall be required prior to any construction or connection activity associated with this application. Location: 77 Musante Drive/Upper Ridge Inquiry Made By: Wright Builders 586-8287 x 116 Linda Date of Inquiry: 3/25/14 Number of Type of Single Family Type of Private Units: 1 Unit(s): Apart. Comm Ownership: Condo X Multi-family X Rental (Annlicant to fill out the above) Municipal Water Main in Existing service to Front of Location? Yes: X No: site? Yes: X No Size of Water Main: 8" Material: Ductile Iron Age: 2014 Approximate Static Street Flow Test Conducted: Yes: No:X Pressure: 110 psi If done attach results Size of Service Connection 1 1�2 Plastic Suggested Meter Size: 5/8 Comments: The Water Department cannot guarantee adequate water pressure during peak demand times at elevations above 320 feet. Manifold to be located in common area as close as possible to building service entrance. • A corresponding water entrance fee shall be paid prior to making any connection to the municipal water system. • Arrangements of such installation shall be made with the Northampton Water Department with a minimum of 5 working days notification. ooryR.0 hall co nform to Northampton Water Department specifications. Nuttelman,Superintendent of Water Dept. Water Entry$ 100 Meter$ 100 Radio$ 100 cc: Ned Huntley,Director cc: Louis Hasbrouck,Building Commissioner Note:If this availability is for a new construction,it must be hand delivered to the Building Inspector. O t nt`t�(\adrnii�3'ennitsi�'ater Application\V'ater Availitbiiity.doc �O MUNICIPAL WATER AVAILABILITY APPLICATION Northampton Water Department 237 Prospect St. Northampton,MA 01060 587-1097 A Department of Public Works Trench Permit shall be required prior to any construction or connection activity associated with this application. Location: 75 Musante Drive/Upper Ridge Inquiry Made By: Wright Builders 586-8287 x 116 Linda Date of Inquiry: 3/25/14 Number of Type of Single Family Type of Private Units: 1 Unit(s): Apart. Comm Ownership: Condo X Multi-family X Rental (Annlicant to fill out the above) Municipal Water Main in Existing service to Front of Location? Yes: X No: site? Yes: X No Size of Water Main: 8" Material: Ductile Iron Age: 2014 Approximate Static Street Flow Test Conducted:Yes: No:X Pressure: 110psi If done attach results Size of Service Connection 1 V2 Plastic Suggested Meter Size: 5/8 Comments: The Water Department cannot guarantee adequate water pressure during peak demand times at elevations above 320 feet. Manifold to be located in common area as close as possible to building service entrance. • A corresponding water entrance fee shall be paid prior to making any connection to the municipal water system. • Arrangements of such installation shall be made with the Northampton Water Department with a minimum of 5 working days notification. • 1 w k s a conform to Northampton Water Department specifications. eg R. Nuttelman,Superintendent of Water Dept. Water Entry$ 100 Meter$ 100 Radio$ 100 cc: Ned Huntley,Director cc: Louis Hasbrouck,Building Commissioner Note: If this availability is for a new construction,it must be hand delivered to the Building Inspector. t\snibt Ap plic-ation\Aater AvailaRil .d{x, �O `� F ;Y ��x _ __ Litt/ �i �aril am;3��r •�EIR 3 J ,r�l� �:�awc�asrl:a •� �_- -lam D,EP: R td=N OF B ILDGW I4VS?SC7!CNS INSPECTOR 212 Main Street ' Municipal EuiIding Iti orthain_otor., Mass. 0I060 Scuare Fcctace r.:munt 'Ba`erment @ e 4).O /(.OD 3AO @ '50 2nd =1 cor @ .30 qU? yo 1/2 ?lcors, Attic, Garage,a.Q '� 3 �2-• Q Deer. Porches ChetL MOO �S 91 PA DWI 3Bik i - t SECTION 8-CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 8.1 Licensed Construction'Supervisor: Not Applicable ❑ Name of License Holder: W fY�l �G�' °/ d/� D `I"``'' 070 �) License Number Address Expiration Date Signature Telephone 9.Registered Home Improvement Contractor: Not Applicable ❑ lti �►Crlt� Q y�'c�vL�1 _ I b I Sat Com an Name Registration Number g s� (kV �I �-L fim Address Expiration bate Telephone SE TION 10-WORKERS'COMPENSATION INSURANCE AFFIDAVIT(M.G.L.c. 152,§25C(6)) Workers Compensation Insurance affidavit must be completed and submitted with this application. Failure to provide this affidavit will result in the denial of the issuance of the building permit. Signed Affidavit Attached Yes....... No...... ❑ 11. - Home Owner Exemption The current exemption for"homeowners"was extended to include Owner-occupied Dwellings of one(1) or two(2)families and to allow such homeowner to engage an individual for hire who does not possess a license,provided that the owner acts as supervisor.CMR 780, Sixth Edition Section 108.3.5.1. Definition of Homeowner: Person(s)who own a parcel of land on which he/she resides or intends to reside,on which there is,or is intended to be,a one or two family dwelling,attached or detached structures accessory to such use and/or farm structures.A person who constructs more than one home in a two-year period shall not be considered a homeowner. Such"homeowner"shall submit to the Building Official,on a form acceptable to the Building Official,that he/she shall be responsible for all such work performed under the building permit. As acting Construction Supervisor your presence on the job site will be required from time to time,during and upon completion of the work for which this permit is issued. Also be advised that with reference to Chapter 152(Workers' Compensation) and Chapter 153(Liability of Employers to Employees for injuries not resulting in Death)of the Massachusetts General Laws Annotated,you may be liable for person(s) you hire to perform work for you under this permit. The undersigned"homeowner"certifies and assumes responsibility for compliance with the State Building Code,City of Northampton Ordinances,State and Local Zoning Laws and State of Massachusetts General Laws Annotated. Homeowner Signature SECTION 5-DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED WORK(check all applicable) New House Addition Replacement Windows Alteration(s) 1:1 Roofing ❑ Or Doors D Accessory Bldg. ❑ Demolition ❑ New Signs [0] Decks [Q Siding[0] Other[a Brief Description of Proposed Art*P Iu p� ,{ v*O I1_ w� cp�bS 1 I►'-� pf�i►riV Work: 1`�G�� ( ' V V, 'C� V" Alteration of existing bedroom Yes—)(V—No Adding new bedroom Yes No Attached Narrative Renovating unfinished basement Yes _ No Plans Attached Roll -Sheet 6a. If New house and or addition to existing housing, complete the following: a. Use of building : One Family T o Family ge Other l b. Number of rooms in each family unit: 7 �' Number of Bathrooms 12— c. Is there a garage attached?_ f k._ p,� d. Proposed Square footage of new construction. Dimensions s `� 6 A-P �! e. Number of stories? �f ' ,Q �oSs18� f. Method of heating? �fT>— � Fireplaces crJALccclstnyES.. oft Number of each g. Energy Conservation Compliance. Masscheck Energy Compliance form attached? h. Type of construction i. Is construction within 100 ft. of wetlands? Yes —X—No. Is construction within 100 yr. floodplain Yes_X_No 1 j. Depth of basement or cellar floor below finished grade 7 k. Will building conform to the Building and Zoning regulations? — NA/ Yes No . I. Septic Tank City Sewer _ Private well City water Supply _ "Ai Ai LAV LL'n'J SECTION 7a-OWNER AUTHORIZATION-TO BE COMPLETED WHEN t �F'a A4&- OWNERS AGENT OR CONTRACTOR APPLIES FOR BUILDING PERMIT d Mt_ t"Cp as Owner of the subject property D^ Q p hereby authorize to ac�,on my behalf, in all matters relative to work aut orized by this builin�permit applica ion. 411 Signature of Owner Date I W '(ppe`!� as Owner u onzed gent rreby declare that the statements and information on the foregoing application are true and accurate,to the best of my knowledge elief. Signed under the pains and penalties of perjury. Pri7P,6— r Ll— 1 car Signature of edAgent Date ( srt (-K 'g' eg ��-V'7-60 Section 4. ZONING All Information Must Be Completed. Permit Can Be Denied Due To Incomplete Information Existing Proposed Required by]tbe oning This column to fille by Building Depa Lot Size Frontage Setbacks Front Side L: R: L: R: Rear Building Height Bldg. Square Footage Open Space Footage % (Lot area minus bldg&pave parking) #of Parkin aces Fi . olume&Location A. Has a Spe ial Permit/Variance/Finding ever been issued for/on the site? NO DON'T KNOW YES Q IF YES, date issued: IF YES: Was the permit recorded at the Registry of Deeds? NO C) DON'T KNOW YES IF YES: enter Book Page and/or Document# B. Does the site contain a brook, body of water or wetlands? NO M DON'T KNOW 0 YES 0 IF YES, has a permit been or need to be obtained from the Conservation Commission? Needs to be obtained Q Obtained 0 , Date Issued: C. Do any signs exist on the property? YES Q NO IF YES, describe size, type and location: D. Are there any proposed changes to or additions of signs intended for the property? YES 0 NO IF YES, describe size, type and location: E. Will the construction activity disturb(cling,grading,,©avation, or filling)over 1 acre or is it part of a common plan that will disturb over 1 acre? YES NO IF YES,then a Northampton Storm Water Management Permit from the DPW is required. 'SweP? -&Uk-D rS' dew o N (ojK/(3, 'g" �Cf"K- ;f'-O of G f Department use only City of Northampto a Permit: Building Departure /1 permit 212 Main Stre Fre ! May< Sewer) ailability Room 100 ct' ter ` 1 ailabiiity Northampton, MA 0106 " Two tructural Plans phone 413-587-1240 Fax 413-587-1 /1,o ite P ans r h cify APPLICATION TO CONSTRUCT,ALTER,REPAIR,RENOVATE OR DEMOL H A ONE OR TWO FAMILY DWELLING PPS t SECTION 1 -SITE INFORMATION le P, 1.1 Property Address: pT�h/iss section to be completed by office n n^ USA-IV•� ��t V(5 Map_ 3 Q f'� Lot Unit (� Pt*/>MP100 , M K' Zone Overlay District Elm St.District CB District SECTION 2-PROPERTY OWNERSHIPIAUTHORIZED AGENT 2.1 Owner of Record: W Ot t M A DINS �A-s S�, N n C'I'A.M en r , M� lure(Print) ( Current Mailing Address: Telephone Signature 2.2 Authorized Agent: l W L-AA �g sfi, � t ter, A,%A- Name(Pri Current Mailing Address: Signature Telephone SECTION -ESTIMATED CONSTRUCTION COSTS Item Estimated Cost(Dollars)to be Official Use Only com feted by ermit applicant 1. Building t (a)Building Permit Fee 2. Electrical /( p� _ (b)Estimated Total Cost of b I O 3 , Construction from 6 3. Plumbing (I ), Building Permit Fee 4. Mechanical(HVAC) Jt -f b3 - 5. Fire Protection 6. Total=(1 +2+3+4+5) f. Check Number This Section For Official Use Only Building ermit Number: Date g Issued: Signature: Building Commissioner/Inspector of Buildings Date File#BP-2014-1244 APPLICANT/CONTACT PERSON WRIGHT BUILDERS ADDRESS/PHONE 48 Bates St NORTHAMPTON (413)586-8287(116) PROPERTY LOCATION 75 -77 MUSANTE DR-BLDG E MAP 38A PARCEL 104 001 ZONE PV(100)/SG b(100) THIS SECTION FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY: PERMIT APPLICATION CHECKLIST ENCLOSED REQUIRED DATE ZONING FORM FILLED OUT Fee Paid Buildinp,Permit Filled out Fee Paid IPA Typeof Construction: CONSTRUCT 2 STORY DUPLEX TOWNHOUSE W/DET GARAGE New Construction Non Structural interior renovations Addition to Existing; Accessory Structure Building Plans Included: Owner/Statement or License 070417 �CQ�/� g 3 sets of Plans/Plot Plan ` , THE F LLOWING ACTION HAS BEEN TAKEN ON THIS APPLICATION BASED ON INF MATION PRESENTED: Approved Additional permits required(see below) PLANNING BOARD PERMIT REQUIRED UNDER:§ Intermediate Project: Site Plan AND/OR Special Permit With Site Plan Major Project: Site Plan AND/OR Special Permit With Site Plan ZONING BOARD PERMIT REQUIRED UNDER: § Finding Special Permit Variance* Received&Recorded at Registry of Deeds Proof Enclosed Other Permits Required: Curb Cut from DPW Water Availability Sewer Availability Septic Approval Board of Health Well Water Potability Board of Health Permit from Conservation Commission Permit from CB Architecture Committee Permit from Elm Street Commission Permit DPW Storm Water Management emol' ion Delay Signature oftuilding O icial Date Note: Issuance of a Zoning permit does not relieve a applicant's burden to comply with all zoning requirements and obtain all required permits from Board of Health,Conservation Commission,Department of public works and other applicable permit granting authorities. *Variances are granted only to those applicants who meet the strict standards of MGL 40A. Contact Office of Planning&Development for more information. 75 - 77 MUSANTE DR-BLDG E BP-2014-1244 GIs#: COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS Map:Block: 38A- 104 CITY OF NORTHAMPTON Lot: -001 PERSONS CONTRACTING WITH UNREGISTERED CONTRACTORS Permit: Building DO NOT HAVE ACCESS TO THE GUARANTY FUND (MGL c.142A) Cate,Jorv: New townhouses BUILDING PERMIT Permit# BP-2014-1244 Project# JS-2014-002093 Est. Cost: $386474.00 Fee: $2000.00 PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO: Const. Class: Contractor: License: Use Group: WRIGHT BUILDERS 070417 Lot Size(sq. ft.): 24175.80 Owner: WRIGHT BUILDERS Zoning: PV(100)/SG b(100)/ Applicant: WRIGHT BUILDERS AT. 75 - 77 MUSANTE DR- BLDG E Applicant Address: Phone: Insurance: 48 Bates St (413)586-8287 (116) Workers Compensation NORTHAMPTONMA01060 ISSUED ON:611112014 0:00:00 TO PERFORM THE FOLLOWING WORK.-CONSTRUCT 2 STORY DUPLEX TOWNHOUSE W/DET GARAGE POST THIS CARD SO IT IS VISIBLE FROM THE STREET Inspector of Plumbing Inspector of Wiring D.P.W. Building Inspector Underground: Service: Meter: Footings: Rough: Rough: House# Foundation: Driveway Final: Final: Final: Rough Frame: Gas: Fire Department Fireplace/Chimney: Rough: Oil: Insulation: Final: Smoke: Final: THIS PERMIT MAY BE REVOKED BY THE CITY OF NORTHAMPTON UPON VIOLATION OF ANY OF ITS RULES AND REGULATIONS. Certificate of Occupancy Signature: FeeType• Date Paid: Amount: Building 6/11/2014 0:00:00 $2000.00 212 Main Street, Phone(413)587-1240,Fax: (413)587-1272 Louis Hasbrouck—Building Commissioner